TW200845698A - Mobile telephony system - Google Patents
Mobile telephony system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW200845698A TW200845698A TW96140507A TW96140507A TW200845698A TW 200845698 A TW200845698 A TW 200845698A TW 96140507 A TW96140507 A TW 96140507A TW 96140507 A TW96140507 A TW 96140507A TW 200845698 A TW200845698 A TW 200845698A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- light
- image
- display
- array
- mobile phone
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 140
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 52
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 claims description 23
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 235000013405 beer Nutrition 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 241000282320 Panthera leo Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010039740 Screaming Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010013647 Drowning Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 230000035807 sensation Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 abstract description 14
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 abstract description 6
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 129
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 25
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 23
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 17
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000000887 face Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000001427 coherent effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004209 hair Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000012788 optical film Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 241000255925 Diptera Species 0.000 description 4
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006837 decompression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 4
- 206010011469 Crying Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013144 data compression Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 3
- AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium;oxotin Chemical compound [In].[Sn]=O AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- ORQBXQOJMQIAOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N nobelium Chemical compound [No] ORQBXQOJMQIAOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108091008695 photoreceptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 210000004508 polar body Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000001747 pupil Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000009310 astigmatism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000005388 borosilicate glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005401 electroluminescence Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000010977 jade Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001568 sexual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004575 stone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000017105 transposition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000241257 Cucumis melo Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000015510 Cucumis melo subsp melo Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000530 Gallium indium arsenide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000001613 Gambling Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004988 Nematic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001647280 Pareques acuminatus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000168036 Populus alba Species 0.000 description 1
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101700004678 SLIT3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 102100027339 Slit homolog 3 protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 244000269722 Thea sinensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000000591 Tight Junction Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002321 Tight Junction Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- FJJCIZWZNKZHII-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4,6-bis(cyanoamino)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]cyanamide Chemical group N#CNC1=NC(NC#N)=NC(NC#N)=N1 FJJCIZWZNKZHII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004760 aramid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003235 aromatic polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- BJQHLKABXJIVAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC BJQHLKABXJIVAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037237 body shape Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013590 bulk material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002447 crystallographic data Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002050 diffraction method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001882 dioxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013399 edible fruits Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010292 electrical insulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004049 embossing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004709 eyebrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004438 eyesight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008921 facial expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005262 ferroelectric liquid crystals (FLCs) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004313 glare Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000003642 hunger Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910003437 indium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium(iii) oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[In+3].[In+3] PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- CNQCVBJFEGMYDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N lawrencium atom Chemical compound [Lr] CNQCVBJFEGMYDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001755 magnetron sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052754 neon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N neon atom Chemical compound [Ne] GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BPUBBGLMJRNUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);tantalum(5+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Ta+5].[Ta+5] BPUBBGLMJRNUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008447 perception Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002098 polyfluorene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000307 polymer substrate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013047 polymeric layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- -1 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000779 smoke Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- SKRWFPLZQAAQSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N stibanylidynetin;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Sn].[Sb] SKRWFPLZQAAQSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001936 tantalum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001578 tight junction Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001887 tin oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012795 verification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001755 vocal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036642 wellbeing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002759 woven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
Landscapes
- Holo Graphy (AREA)
- Diffracting Gratings Or Hologram Optical Elements (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Stereoscopic And Panoramic Photography (AREA)
Abstract
Description
200845698 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本案為—雛供三糊像的行_話純,尤指包含被呼叫 方的行動電話且被呼叫方的行動f話會使用編碼全侧的全像顯 示器在其上產生呼叫方的全像重建之行動電話系統。 【先前技術】 電腦產生的影像全像圖(computer_generated vide〇 h〇l〇抑ms,CGHs)是由一個或更多的空間光調變器(印的-llghtmodulat㈣,SLMs)所轉喊;㈣細㈣可包括電 或光予可&制的元件。這些元件根據影像全像圖來對全像圖值 進行編碼’藉此達到調變光的振幅及相位之目的。電腦產生的影 像全像圖是可倾計算出來的,例如通過_猶追蹤、通過模 擬受到場景反射的^及參考波之_干擾,或者通過傅立葉 (ourier)或U(presnei)轉換。—個理想的空間光調變器是 能表現任意複數的數值,即分碰制進人級的相位及振幅:然 而’典型的空間光調變H控制振贼她其巾—種特性,並 且T有影響其他紐料良效應。觀光的魏及她具有幾種 不同的方式’例如利用電子式定址液晶空間光調變器、光學式定 址液晶空間光調_、磁光空間細_、微鏡錢或者聲光調 义二光:可為空間上連續的或由侧可定址元件所構成,。 可為-維或二維排列、二進制、多階層或連續。 6 200845698 在本發明中,專有名 值來對全侧糾,使彳4編_調變器控制 重建。所以"空間光調二透過空間光調變器來進行 器上進行編碼。 …像圖"是指全賴在空間調變 純自動式立體顯示板,觀察員透過影像全像圖可觀察 到二、、隹%景光波波前的 ^ 建。二維場景是在延伸於觀察員的 眼睛及空間光調變器之門弋去 、、200845698 IX. Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention belongs] This case is a purely three-paste line, especially if it contains the mobile phone of the called party and the action of the called party will use the coded full side. A holographic display on which a caller's holographic reconstruction mobile phone system is generated. [Prior Art] Computer-generated image holograms (computer_generated vide〇h〇l〇ms, CGHs) are shouted by one or more spatial light modulators (printed -llghtmodulat (4), SLMs); (d) may include electricity or light to the components of the & These components encode the hologram values based on the image hologram, thereby achieving the purpose of modulating the amplitude and phase of the light. The computer-generated image hologram is tiltable, for example, by _Just tracking, by analog to the scene reflection and interference of the reference wave, or by Fourier or U (presnei) conversion. An ideal spatial light modulator is a value that can represent any complex number, that is, the phase and amplitude of the sub-collision into the human level: however, the 'typical spatial light modulation H controls the thief's characteristics—and T It has an impact on the good effects of other materials. There are several different ways for sightseeing Wei and her's, for example, using electronically-addressed liquid crystal spatial light modulators, optically-addressed liquid crystal spatial light tuners, magneto-optical space _, micro-mirror money, or sound and light tuned two lights: It may be spatially continuous or composed of side addressable elements. It can be -dimensional or two-dimensional, binary, multi-level or continuous. 6 200845698 In the present invention, the proprietary name is used to correct the full side, so that the 彳4 _ modulator is reconstructed. Therefore, the spatial light modulation is transmitted through the spatial light modulator. ...images "refers to the purely automatic stereoscopic display panel in space modulation, and the observer can observe the second wave of the spectroscopy wave through the image hologram. The two-dimensional scene is at the threshold of the eye and space light modulator that extends beyond the observer,
“ 者甚至空間_變||之後的空間進行 重建。空間光調變器也能女| 衫像王像圖進行編碼,使得觀窣員 能在空間光調變器之前i 亍规,丁、貝 ^ 嬈π到重建的三維場景物件,而在空間光 凋、交為上或其後方觀察到其他物件。 空間光調變器的元件是光傳輸性較佳的元件,其射線所產生 的干擾至少在—定_位置,並且超職絲的性長 度。這可提供全建至少在—轉度具奴_解析度。這類 型的光將稱為"充份同調光”。 為了保€足夠的時間同雛,纟光源發射的光譜必需限制於 -個適纽窄的波長範_,也就是必紐近單色。高亮度發光 -極體(LEDs)的光譜頻寬是足触轉確保全雜建的時間同調 性。在雜光霞H上的繞㈣度與波長成_,意指只有一個 單色光源將導致目標點的重建強烈。寬闊的光譜則導致寬闊的目 標點以及模糊的目標重建。雷射源的絲可以被當作為單色的。 發光二極體(LED)的光譜線寬是充份卿的,能f助較佳的重建。 7 200845698 空間同雛與統的橫向寬度有關。制的光源,像是發光 二極體(LEDs)或者冷陰極發光燈(OTLs),如果它們的發射光是 通過充份狹窄的_也可叫足這些需求。雷射統的光可視為 k凡射限ϋ的點光源所發射,根據模型_純度、將產生目標的 大銳重建’即每—個目標點被重建為繞射限制的點。 從空間非同調光源所產生的光是橫向延伸,並且會造成重建 目賊糊。模糊的情況是由重建在蚊位置的目標點寬闊大小所 、為了在王像圖重建上使用空間非同調光源,必須在亮度和 利=孔祕制光源橫向寬度之_卜個折衷點。較小的光源, 會得到比較好的空間同調性。 、、如果從直肢縱挺展峨絲觀察,直線絲可被視為點 光源。因此’級就能在那個方向進行同調傳播,並且非同調於 其他方向。 入-般而言’全像圖藉由波在水平和垂直方向的_超重疊來 全像地重建場景。上述的影像全像隨稱做全視差全側。重建 的物件可被視為在水平和垂直方向的鶴視差,㈣真實物件。 4 ’較大的可視肢f要在郎光賴㈣水平和垂直方向具 有高的解析度。 8 200845698 通常’ m光賴②的需求會因為限.僅具水平視差(Hp〇) 的全像_齡。全健建僅發切水平方向,㈣直方向不會 有全像重建。這將導致重魏件具有水平義減。透視圖並不 會在垂直移動上改$。僅具水準視絲全像_要空間光調變器 在垂直方向的解減會少於全視差的全侧。健敍視差⑽) 的全像圖是同樣可以如此的但較為罕見。全像重建只發生在垂直 方向’會產生具有垂直_視差的重建物件。而在水平方向不會 有移動視差。由於左眼和右眼觀察到的透視圖不同,因此透視圖 必須分別地產生。 討論相關的技術 典型地,用於產生三維圖像的襄置較缺乏緊密,即綠複雜 參及龐大的光學系統,使其無法使用在可攜式裝置,或在手持式裝 •置,例如手機。以脳,施,_為例,用於產生較大三維圖_ 裝置長度是以公尺為單位。以wo 2004/04侧(___%) 為參考,用於重建影像三維圖像的裝置具有超過1〇公分的厚度。 因此,上述的制裝置對於手機或其他可攜式、手持式或較:的 顯示裝置具有過厚的厚度。 在WO 2G_44659 (US2GG6/GG55994)之中提及藉由充份同調 9 200845698 ===料景嫩;_括嶋歧線光源、用 於對焦光線的透鏡以及空間光調變器。相較於制的全像 空間光調變ϋ於傳輸模敍少在—個”虛擬觀察員視窗”重建二 維場景(關於虛織察員視窗的描述及相關的技術請參考附件^ Π) °每—個虛擬觀察員視窗奴置於靠近觀察員的眼睛,並且大 小上受到關’所以虛擬觀察員視窗切單—的繞射階級,因此 每一個眼睛可以看見三維場景在_狀重建空_完整重建,圓 錐狀的重建郎是延展於郎光絲面及虛擬觀察員視窗之 間。為了讓全像重建沒有干擾,虛擬觀察貞視窗的大小必需不超 =重建的-個繞射階級週期性間隔。然而,這必需至少足夠大, 能讓觀察員經由視窗看見三維場景的完整重建。另—個眼睛能經 由相同的虛擬觀察員視窗,或是由第二個光源所產生的第二個虛 擬觀察員視窗來進行觀察。此時,典型上較大的可見區域會限制 於局部設置的虛織察員視窗。制的解決方法是在由f用高解 度空間光調變器表面所產生的微小化大區域進行重建,以減低至 虛擬觀察員視窗的尺寸大小。這·生由於幾何上原因而較小的 、、堯射角度,以及利用消費者層級的計算設備,即足夠實現高品質 即時全像重建的光調變器解析度。 然而,已知產生三維圖像的方法,呈現出由於較大的空間光 調變器表面區域,因而需要一個體積大、容量大、重量重及昂貴 200845698 的透鏡來聚焦的缺點。因此,裝置將有大的厚度及重量。另一個 缺點,是當使料樣大透鏡時,由於邊緣的色差賴重地減低重 建的品質。在US 2006/250671提及-個改進包括透鏡狀陣列的光 源改進方/套雖然匕疋應用於大範圍景多像全像圖中,於此作為一 個參考,。 ^ β在_04/022_中提到了產生三維影像的手機。然而,所 提及像疋彻自動立體顯示所產生。利用自動立 產生三維的-_題是在典型上觀看者察覺 ㈤ 内Γ而觀看者的眼睛傾向於集中在顯示⑽表面上。在ϋ 趣、點及,像曝置之間的不同,: ^献___。在_全像技魅 只例中,廷些問題將不會發生,或是大大地減少。 【發明内容】 在第方面,提供了一個行動電每系絲,人 與顯示器的呼叫方行動電話,^、’仏、有影像系統 像,啤叫方的行動〜糸、、4疋用來拍攝呼叫方的圖 吟叫方的行動電話,被㈣3線連線科叫方_像傳送至被 像顯示H H 伸絲會彻編碼全像圖的全 t ^方的全像重建。 全像顯示器包括有 機發光二極體(0LED)陣列, 有機發光二極 200845698 體陣列會S人至-個光學式定址如光調變訂,並形成相鄰 層。全像_ϋ可包括兩個有機發光二極體陣顺光學式定址空 門光。周u的成對’每—個成對組成__個有機發光二極體陣列寫 入至-個絲式定址空暇調變器之上,並形成相鄰層。’’、、 =顯示器可包括-個電子式纽空間光調變器。全像顯示 益可包括兩個電子式定址朗光靖ϋ。 服哭HI話系統可重建影像全像圖。行動電話系統可在遠端飼 圖:傳:=動方的_及深度 同牛壯要 巧方的仃動包活。被呼叫方的行動電話可包括 =義::償遠端伺服—^ 義呼Η方臉部的三維實體圖的資料。 重建被呼叫方的行動電話对括停格魏,_產生靜態的全像 份的=的行動電話可包括放大功能,讓使用者能夠放大部 電話可包括立體攝 被呼叫方的行動電話且/或呼叫方的行動 12 200845698 影機 ,被’ 方的仃動電話且/或啤叫方的行動電話可包括單广攝 衫機以及·從單—攝影機得到的龍來產生深度圖的軟體。 干於-呼*|方的讀電献/或呼叫方的行動電話可在螢幕上顯 切叫方的行動電話可為—種當使 用者離顯示器是在預設的巧種田使 生的全 像重建的顯示裝置。確4地看到所產 被呼叫方的行動電話且/ 全像重建模式切換到習用二維 或呼叫方的行動電話可為-種能從 顯示模式_示裝置。 式裝置 Γ叫方的倾魏且/或呼叫方的行動 電話可為手持可攜 助理(:叫方的行動電話且/或,叫方的行動電話可為個人數位 200845698 電話可為電玩裝置 被呼叫方的行動餘且/或呼叫方的行動 重建,僅提供單 一使::::系統可讓全像_所產生的全像 全像齡料料需私_投影魏,即 幕上的二_像,减躲縣學遠射触置的距離錢 _魏纽可將全軸示器的__變綠 30mm範圍之内,且置於可攜式盒中。 卜、、 行動電話魏可在全像顯示財_光束細元件進行趣 光束指向元件是由等向主體材料内部的二 1狀中,區域和矩陣之間的介面是棱形,或是球的部 歧圓㈣部分微,城晶財向是利料加電場的 方社制,以魏絲細元件的局部折I钱射屬性。 被呼叫方的行動電話且/或呼叫方的行_話可為一卿 置’在其中光學式定址空間光調魏,全像圖,料讀取 陣列照射光學式定址郎細魏,纽光學式定址空間光調變 200845698 器經由有機發光二極 置所產生。 體 陣列進行適當的控制時,全像重建 將由裝 置,的仃動或呼·叫方的行動1話可為一種裝 調變Μ,有3^==财胃如空間光 成相鄰層,賴物及絲歧妙間_變器會形 光束照射成===,編爾圖,當讀取 址空間光調變器經由有二並且成對的光學式定 像重建將嫩所^ 猶物控制時,全 、仃動f話且/或呼叫方的行動電話可為-種事 ,在其中包括寫人至第—光學式定址空間光調魏上、 機發光二極體陣列,以及寫 有 尤予式疋址空間光調變器上 有機發光二極體陣列,第—有機發光二極體陣列盘第—弁 2定址郎光調變器會形成相鄰層,第二有機發光二極體陣列 ^-先學式幻技間光調變器會形成相鄰層,第—及第二光風 式定址空間光調變器會編碼全像圖,當讀取光束陣列昭射第 第二光學式纽郎細魏,並且第—及第二絲式定址 光調變器經由第-及第二有機發光二極體陣列進行適當的^ 時’裝置將會產生全像重建。 200845698 被’ Ί方的行動電話且/或呼叫 置,在其中第-與第二對有機發光二 丁動%话可為一種裝 器的組合彻控制方式調變讀取光蝴的振學i定ΓΓ瓣 置,機或呼叫料行㈣封為一種裝 、们有機發先二極體陣列蛊 的成對調變讀取光束陣列的振幅舆她的;:::,光調變器 發光二極斷顺絲式定址m D 個有機 陣列的振幅與相位的第二不同的組合1㈣成對調變讀取光束 被呼叫方的行動且/或州方的行動 单-使用者觀看的全像重建的顯示裝置,且生僅供 一光學式奴空間光調變器上的第—有機_=^寫入至第 層’以及寫入至第二光學式定址空間光調亚: 機發光二極體陣列,並形成相鄰層。 π的弟一有 電話可為一種顯示 鏡’即可產生聚 距離。顯示器包 發光二極體 壯破呼叫方的行動電話且/或呼叫方的行動1 =置’具有―顯示模式,可不需要任何的投影i 二在螢幕上的二糊像,且無騎錄離裝置的π 3寫入至第—光學式定址雜光調變n上的第—有 200845698 陣列二並形成相鄰層,以及寫人至第二光學式纽空間光調變器 上的第—有機發光二滅陣列,並形成相_。 模式被話且/或糾方的行_話可具有一顯示 其巾是為自動立贿示妓,包含寫人至振幅調變的光 二工二技間光調變器上的有機發光二極體陣列,並形成相鄰 _身=2料束分光鏡,能夠讓觀察s的眼睛在讀取光束陣 是姐由有二賴魏,並且光學式定址㈣光調變器 有觀光二極體_進行適當的控制時,看見立體影像。 在另一方面, 統的步驟的方法。 可使用種包括使用如文中所述的行動電 話系 :广_動電”具有影像:::== 用來拍攝呼叫方_像 〜像糸統可 叫方的圖像傳送至被,叫方==亍動電話會透過無線連線將呼 4ϊ| ,, 的仃動電話,被呼叫方的行動雷衽备 碼全像圖的全像顚示器,在其上產生呼叫方的全像重建s 提供電信服務的方法 可讓破哼叫方的行動電話齡器包括至 200845698 的有機發光二 在另一方面, -叙〜4 提仏了侧之具有影像系統與顯示器的吟叫方 ==_的方法,___,: 話,被呼⑽物賺射物行動電 上產生呼物纟·^ _侧細蝴歸l在其 行動電^方=動電話撥打影像電話的方法,可讓被呼叫方的 W切电古絲員不恣包括 光二極體_,並形成調鶴 空間光爾器上的有機發 或;爾電話的方法’可在遠端綱 起傳送至被呼叫方二:能將呼叫糊像以及深度圖一 、Α Η方的行動電話撥打影像雷< i + u 行動電話包_^ 罐U的方法,可讓被哞叫方的 v衣置,以補償遠端伺服器所造成的延遲。 "的仃動電話敝影像電話的方法,可將遠端祠服器 200845698 資料 十成包s疋義啤叫方臉部的三維實體圖的 可讓被啤叫方的 〜乂呼彳方的行動電話撥打影像電話的方法, 行動電話包括停格魏,用喊生靜態的全像重 鲁 行動話撥打影像電話的方法,可讓财叫方的 匕括放大功能,讓使用者能夠放大部份的全像重建。 機 行動了影像餘財法,可讓被呼叫方的 飞w方的行動電話包括立體攝影 可讓被呼叫方的 行動方的㈣電話撥打影像電話的方法, -攝 行動電話且/或呼^_7树_的方法,可讓财叫方的 設定攝影__==錢耻_斤,引導使用者 像重建。 /向,以獲侍最佳的圖像拍攝且/或全 思指全像圖是在空間光調 _ 4光調變器編石馬全像圖” 19 200845698 變器上進行編碼。 【實施方式】 A.紅外線有機發光二極義示^與光學式定址㈣細變器的緊 密結合 、 現個實施繼供光學式定址如細變賴可在光學式定址 工間光機社寫人圖樣的紅外線發射顯示器的緊密結合,這樣 的結合能夠在適當_鳴件下產生三維圖像。 光學式纽空間光調變H包括感光器層與位於在傳導性電極 層。當電壓加至電極,入射在感光器層上的光圖 樣將術奐至用於調變讀取光束的液晶層。在制技術中,入射光 =疋由電子式定址空間光調變器(EASL_調變的寫入光束所 提仏A子式定址空間光調魏是由光賴射並且成制光學式 定址空間光調變1 2上。通常,寫人光妓非_的,可避免斑點 圖樣現象’而讀取光束是_性的,具有產生繞射_的能力。 20 1 2學式定㈣間細變器她於電子式定址空間光調變器的 =疋光學歧址空間光調㈣可具有連續、非像素或非圖樣式 2 1 2而電子式定址空間光調㈣則為像素結構。像素在光的 ,刀配上產生銳邊:此銳邊相當於高空間頻率。 200845698 回工間頻率會導致在光學遠場裡廣肖繞射的特性。g此,電子式 定址二間光囉會產生在光學遠場巾不希望出現的光學繞射:口 工叩’必須使用如空观波等已知的技術來;肖除。在光學處理程 序中j進仃空間濾波需要增加額外的步驟,這會縣置變的較厚 =會造縣的浪費。光學歧址空縣觀_型的裝置: 疋月匕夠在光學式定址空間光調變器巾允許連續的圖樣產生。連續 的圖樣可讓錢度,具有較少的陡費化在任何給定方向轉換至 光束傳播的方向。因此,較少的陡養化擁有能比電子式定址* 間光调k☆裝置所產生的像素邊緣低的高空間辭的濃度。在包 S光學式紐空間光觀n的裝置中,較低濃的高空間頻率 處理較為容易,並且比包含電子式定址空間光調變器的裝 置更/、效率。此外,她於好式定址雜糊魏,光 址空間光調變器裝置可為雙穩態裝置。因此,^疋 =可比電子式定赠_繼娜有較峨源=光 y增加可攜式裝置或手持式裝置的電池壽命。 ' 在這個實施例介紹不需要成像光學的緊密裝置。光A 空間光調變器利用紅外線有機發光二極體顯示器寫人。:機= 二極體顯轉是餘連接絲式定址雜光調魏,形: 像光學的緊密裝置。有機發光二極體可以是可舖置的〃 成有機發光二減_。峨放峨_叫個2 21 200845698 的可舖置型光學式定址空間光調變器所组成。 有機發光—極軸*器與光學式定址空縣賴㈣緊密电 &可以是透明。翻的有機發光二極體顯示器是目前已知的,例 在之後的有機發光:極體材料”章節中所描述的内容。在—個 二中有機土光—極體顯不器與光學式定址空間光調變器的緊 ^且口疋《對邊至三維圖像卿成的輕行照射,可見光經由有 機!X,一極體與光學式定址空間光調魏向觀察員傳送。更好的 方法疋有她光—極軸示||發出紅外線來寫人至光學式定址空 P光调^的紅外線感應感光器層。因為人類的眼睛對紅外線不 敏感’所以觀察者看不驗—種從紅外線寫人光束產生的光。 另個例子,有機發光二極體顯示器與光學式定址空間光調 =器的緊密組合可讓寫人光束與讀取光束在光學式定址空間光調 U的對邊上為人射的。在另—個例子,有機發光二極體顯示器 與光學式定址空間光調變器的緊密組合可讓反射層是在光學式定 址空間光調變H的邊上,此為有機發光二極體顯示_對邊,使 侍二維圖像可從光學式定址空間光調變器的相同邊觀察到,也就 疋有機發光二極體顯示器所在的邊,照射源也如同有機發光二極 體顯示器一樣,位於光學式定址空間光調變器的同邊上··這是反 射顯示器的例子。 22 200845698 包括紅外線有機發光二極體的陣列的實施例中,紅外線發射 有機發光—滅允許對由光學式定址空間光調麵所傳送的可見 光的振幅、相減振幅及相位的組合進行控制,促使全像圖在光 .學式定址线光機財產生。光學式定址㈣細變器可包含 • -對翻隔板,在板上塗有_電力導賴,如同參考資料中 US4,941,735所描述_容。連續或不連續的感光模可塗至其中一 • 個導電膜上。 雙穩態鐵電式液晶或―些其_式的液晶,可_在另一個 導電膜與感光膜之間。起動電壓可加至導電膜。在絲式定址空 間光調變H巾,絲式“光束刊崎—騎財式程式或啟 動先學_从的偏化。寫从束可_個顺動光科定址空 間光調變光絲財絲歧址郎光調魏。光 1麵馳她域,㈣入細 圖=述-她_。1G獅繼,肖術平面區域的 ,Μ月〜中㈣枝有充份的_性以便能夠產生三維圖像。在 US 2006/250671提及—個用於大 子,立中-個例议在θ %像全像_照明裝置例 的开^仞同1〇的裝置可為白光光源陣列 雜轉絲鱗㈣雜人射錢㈣統上的白 23 200845698 光發光二極體,其中聚焦系統可為緊密的,如透鏡狀陣列或微透 鏡陣列或者,用於10的光源可由紅、綠及藍雷射所組成,或是 發出充份_性光的紅、綠及藍發光二極體所組成。然而,具有 充份空間同雛的非雷射光源(例如··發光二極體,有機發光二極 •體’冷陰極螢光燈)是更佳的。雷射光源的缺.點,像是在全像重建 '上造成雷射賴、树上較純紅及财_傷害全像顯示觀 .輕或是進行全像顯林置組紅作人員的眼睛等可能的安全問 題。元件10-13的厚度全部可約為數公分,或是更低。元件^可 為f觸器陣列,使得彩色光線(例如紅色、綠色及藍色光)的像 素是射向元件12 ’儘管如果使用彩色光源,色彩過遽器是不需要 的疋件12疋在透明基板上的紅外線有機發光二極體陣列。紅外 T有機發光二極體陣列將使得每一個紅外線有機發光二極體在元 _、方向^射的光’平行且符合從唯一對應的色彩像素發出的 〜疋件13為縣式定址钟光機11。關&光學式定址空間光 寫入光束;树^發射 :先束為讀取光束。位於點14離包括緊密全像圖產生哭15 =-些距離的觀看者,可從15的方向觀看到三維圖像:元件 、12及13是配置成實體連接(真實上連接),每一個形成結 ^門^使得整體為單―、統—的物件。實體連接可為直接的。 <確保正確的相互組合排列的小區域中,或是可延伸 24 200845698 至較大的區域’甚至層的整個表面。 來實現’例如藉由使_傳送膠_方式可== 2圖產生心,_域它任何的方式(參考概要製_部 . 讀ω可包含―個或兩倾鏡光學膜來增加顯示㈣亮度: 魯域的膜是已知的’例如在us 5贼892她5,9擊中所描 述的内谷。轉10可包含偏光元件,或是偏光元件的集合。線性 偏先溥片是其中—個例子。另外—個例子是反射式偏光片,可傳 送一個線性偏化狀態,並且反射正交線性偏化狀態_這樣的薄片 是已知的,例如在us 5,82M88中所描述的内容。另一個例子是 反射式偏光片,可傳送—個圓形偏化狀態,並且反射正交圓形偏 化㈣-這樣的薄片是已知的,例如在US6,⑻,奶中所描述的 % 内儿件1G可包含聚焦系統,此聚焦系統可為緊密的,例如透 ' 餘陣列或微透鏡陣列。元件10可包含其它在背光科技的領域中 已知的光學元件。 圖四是習用技術侧視圖,指出垂直聚焦系統11〇4的三個聚焦 元件1101、1102、11〇3,採用圓柱形透鏡水平排列於陣列中的形 式’參照於芩考資料WO 2006/119920。並以水平線光源LS2幾近 準直的光束通過照明單位的聚焦元件11〇2至觀察員平面〇p為 25 200845698 例。根據圖四,許多的線光源LSI,LS2,LS3是一個個上下排列。 每一個光源發射的光,在垂直方向是充份空間同調性的,在水平 方向是空間非同調性的。這個光會通過光調變器SLM的傳輸元 件。這個光因為全像圖編碼的光調變器SLM的元件,僅在垂直方 向的繞射。聚焦元件1102在觀察員平面〇p以數個繞射階級(只有 個疋有用的)成像光源LS2。由光源LS2所發射的光束是作為0 I過來焦糸統1104的聚焦元件1102的例子。在圖四中,三個光 束顯不第一繞射階級.1105、第零繞射階級11〇6及負一繞射階級 1107。與單一點光源相比,線光源允許非常高的光強度產生。使 用多個已增加效率與針對重建三維場景的每—個部分進行線光源 排列的全像區域可提升有朗光強度。另—個優點,不採用雷射, 多個分隔的(例如在可為遮光器一部份的槽闌之後)常見光源可產 生充份的同調光。 B.兩對有機發光二鋪與光料定址帥光_㈣組合的緊密 組合。 一在更進-步的實施例中,可使用兩對有機發光二極體與光學 上式定址空間光調變||的组合的緊密組合,以連續及緊密的方式來 α又的振tw及相位。因此’由振幅與相位組成的複數可以逐一像 素的方式在傳送光中編譯。 26 200845698 這個實施例包含第一由紅外線有機發光二極體陣列及光學式 定址空間光調變器配對的緊密組合及第二由紅外線有機發光二極 體陣列及光學式定址空間光調變器配對的緊密組合。 • 第一對調變傳送光的振幅,第二對調變傳送光的相位。也可 •以第―對調變傳送光的相位,第二糊變·傳送光的振幅。每一個 藝』外線有機發光二極體陣列與光學式定址如光調㈣的緊密組 I可如同在Α部份所描述的。兩對紅外線有機發光二極體陣列與 光學式定址空間光調變器的緊密組合是由紅外線過濾器所分離, '、、工外線過;慮器會吸收紅外線而不處理可見光。 、在第v驟中’第—紅外線有機發光二極體陣列寫入圖樣, =提i、在第-光學式定址空間光調變器中的振幅調變。在第二步 驟1,、ΐ二紅外線有機發光二極體陣列寫人圖樣,以提供在第二 、、式疋址工間光機器中的相位調變。紅外線濾光片阻止紅外 、柄第—緊密組合—對紅外線·錢發光二極體陣列與光學 7址空間光調變器到第二緊密組合一對紅外線_有機發光I極體 /、光予式疋址空間光調變器·紅外線過濾器也預防從第二對紅 、、、有機H極料顺光學式定址空間細變⑽緊密組合 *相駐第—對紅外線有機發光二極體_與光學式定址 工間光調變器的緊密組合。細,紅外線過濾器傳送從第一對紅 27 200845698 外線有機發光二極體陳丨 的可見光,以作為第間光調變器的緊密組合 為弟一對紅外線有機發光二極體陣列鱼 、維圖像。 址空間光調變器的緊密組合中的讀取光束。由第二光學 =:魏傳帥光已在振幅與相錢行應,因此當觀看麵 :祕兩個緊魏合對的裝置所發射的光時,觀察者可觀察到 〜基於自㈣目倾振㈣調變技術促賴數數值的表現,有機 毛光-極軸不减光學式定址空間光調變器兩者都具有高解析 度。因此,這個實施例可_於產生全像·,使得觀看者可看 到二維圖像。 在圖二中,顯示-個實麵例子。2G是照置,用於提供 . 平祕域的酬,並且照明具有充份的關性,㈣產生三維圖 ’ 像、。如在1^ 2006/250671中提供了關於大區域影像全像圖的實例 P為個例子。這類型的裝置如目2〇可採用白色光源陣列的开) 式’例如冷陰極螢光燈或發㈣光線人射在聚㈣、統上的白光發 光極體,其中聚焦系統可為緊密的,如透鏡狀陣列或微透鏡陣 列。或者,用於20的光源可由紅、綠及藍雷射所組成,或是發出 充伤同凋性光的紅、綠及藍發光二極體所組成。然而,具有充份 工間同凋性的非雷射光源(例如:發光二極體,有機發光二極體, 28 200845698 冷陰極螢光燈)是更佳的。雷射光源的缺點,像是在全像重建上造 成雷射斑點、相對上較為昂貴以及所有關於傷害全像顯示觀看者 或是進行全像顯示裝置組裝工作人員的眼睛等可能的安全問題。 疋件20-23、26_28的厚度全部可約為數公分,或是更低。元 件21可包含色彩過濾器陣列,使得彩色光線(例如紅色、綠色及藍 ^光)的像素是射向元件22,儘管如果使用彩色絲,色彩過濾器 是不需要的。元件22是在透板上的紅外線有機發光二極體陣 列紅外線有機發光二極體陣列將使得每一個紅外線有機發光二 極體在元件23的方峨峨,平行讀錢唯—對應的色彩像 素發出的光。元件23為光學式纽雜細魏。_光學式定 址空間光調變器,紅外線有機發光二極體陣列提供寫入光束;元 件21發射的彩色光束為讀取光束。元件26是紅外線過遽器,只 傳送可見光而中斷紅外線光,使得丰 使㈣件22所發射的紅外線光不影 二牛27。讀27是光嫩址空間光贿。元件28是在透 2反上的紅外線有機發光二極體陣列。紅外線有機發光二極體 =使得每,嗅_光:嶋编7 先’平行且符合從唯-對應的& 址办門” Λ 蹲科出的先。關於光學式定 二曰先如③27 ’紅外線有機發光二極斷列"The space after the space_change|| is reconstructed. The space light modulator can also be used for women's shirts. The shirts are coded like a king image, so that the viewer can be in front of the space light modulator. ^ 娆 π to the reconstructed three-dimensional scene object, and other objects are observed in the spatial light, intersection, or rear. The components of the spatial light modulator are components with better optical transmission, and the interference caused by the radiation is at least In the - position _ position, and the length of the super-strand silk. This can provide full construction at least - the degree of rotation _ resolution. This type of light will be called "full dimming". In order to keep enough time for the same kind, the spectrum emitted by the xenon source must be limited to a narrow wavelength range, which is a near-monochromatic color. High-brightness illumination - The spectral bandwidth of the polar bodies (LEDs) is the time-synchronization of the foot-to-turn to ensure full miscellaneous construction. The wrap (four) degree on the hybrid glow H is _ with the wavelength, meaning that only one monochromatic light source will result in a strong reconstruction of the target point. The wide spectrum results in wide target points and blurred target reconstruction. The filament of the laser source can be treated as a single color. The spectral linewidth of a light-emitting diode (LED) is sufficient to aid in better reconstruction. 7 200845698 Space is related to the horizontal width of the chick. Light sources, such as light-emitting diodes (LEDs) or cold cathode light-emitting lamps (OTLs), can also be called if they emit light through a narrow _. The light of the laser system can be regarded as the point source of the finite limit, and according to the model _purity, the sharp reconstruction of the target will be generated, that is, each target point is reconstructed as a point of diffraction limitation. The light produced by the spatially non-coherent light source extends laterally and can cause reconstruction of the thief. The ambiguity is due to the wide size of the target point reconstructed at the mosquito position. In order to use the spatial non-coherent light source in the reconstruction of the image, it is necessary to make a compromise between the brightness and the lateral width of the light source. Smaller sources will give better spatial coherence. If the straight wire is viewed from the straight leg, the straight wire can be regarded as a point source. Therefore, the level can be transmitted in the same direction and not in the same direction. In general, the hologram reconstructs the scene in its entirety by the _ super-overlap of the waves in the horizontal and vertical directions. The above-mentioned full image of the image is said to be the full side of the full parallax. Reconstructed objects can be viewed as crane parallax in horizontal and vertical directions, and (iv) real objects. 4 'The larger visible limb f has a high resolution in the horizontal and vertical directions of Lang Guang Lai (4). 8 200845698 Usually the demand for 'm-ray 2' will be limited. There is only the holographic image of horizontal parallax (Hp〇). The whole Jianjian only cuts the horizontal direction, and (4) there is no holographic reconstruction in the straight direction. This will result in a horizontal reduction in the weight of the piece. The perspective does not change $ on vertical movement. Only a full-size holistic image _ requires a spatial light modulator. The reduction in the vertical direction will be less than the full side of the full parallax. The hologram of the health parallax (10) is equally okay but rare. A holographic reconstruction occurs only in the vertical direction, which produces a reconstructed object with vertical_parallax. There is no moving parallax in the horizontal direction. Since the perspectives observed by the left and right eyes are different, the perspectives must be generated separately. Discussion of related technologies Typically, the device for generating three-dimensional images is less tight, that is, the green complex involves a large optical system, making it impossible to use in a portable device, or in a handheld device, such as a mobile phone. . For example, 脳, 施, _, used to generate a larger three-dimensional map _ device length is in meters. With reference to the wo 2004/04 side (___%), the device for reconstructing a three-dimensional image of the image has a thickness of more than 1 cm. Therefore, the above-described manufacturing apparatus has an excessive thickness for a mobile phone or other portable, handheld or relatively: display device. It is mentioned in WO 2G_44659 (US2GG6/GG55994) by coherent 9 200845698 === 景景; _ 嶋 嶋 嶋 line light source, lens for focusing light and spatial light modulator. Compared with the holographic spatial light modulation of the system, the transmission model is less than a "virtual observer window" to reconstruct the two-dimensional scene (for the description of the virtual weaver window and related technologies, please refer to the attachment ^ Π) ° per - A virtual observer window slave is placed close to the observer's eyes, and the size is subject to the 'dual virtual observer window cut--the diffraction class, so each eye can see the three-dimensional scene in the _-shaped reconstruction empty _ complete reconstruction, conical The reconstruction lang is extended between the Lang Guang silk surface and the virtual observer window. In order to make the holographic reconstruction without interference, the size of the virtual observation window must not exceed the reconstructed-drag-class periodic interval. However, this must be at least large enough to allow the observer to see a complete reconstruction of the 3D scene via the window. Another eye can be viewed through the same virtual observer window or a second virtual observer window generated by the second source. At this point, a typically large visible area is limited to the partially set virtual weaver window. The solution is to reconstruct the large area of miniaturization produced by the surface of the high-resolution spatial light modulator by f to reduce the size of the virtual observer window. This is due to geometric reasons, smaller angles, and angles of illumination, as well as the use of consumer-level computing devices, that is, enough to achieve high-quality instant holographic reconstruction of the optical modulator resolution. However, it is known that a method of producing a three-dimensional image exhibits the disadvantage of a large volume, large capacity, heavy weight, and expensive lens of 200845698 for focusing due to the large spatial light modulator surface area. Therefore, the device will have a large thickness and weight. Another disadvantage is that when the material is made into a large lens, the quality of the reconstruction is greatly reduced due to the chromatic aberration of the edge. It is mentioned in US 2006/250671 that an improved light source improvement/sleeve comprising a lenticular array is used in a wide-range multi-image hologram as a reference. ^ β refers to a mobile phone that produces 3D images in _04/022_. However, the mention is made as a result of the auto-stereoscopic display. The use of auto-generating three-dimensional questions is typically seen by the viewer (5) and the viewer's eyes tend to focus on the surface of the display (10). In the interest, point and, like the difference between exposure,: ^ offer ___. In the case of the _ full image technique, the problems will not occur, or greatly reduced. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION In a first aspect, a mobile phone for each line, a caller's mobile phone for a person and a display, a camera, an image system, a beer caller's action, a 糸, a 4 疋 are provided for shooting. The calling party's picture calling party's mobile phone is transmitted by the (four) 3-wire connection section called the _ image to the full-image reconstruction of the full-th image of the full-image image by the image display HH. The holographic display includes an organic light-emitting diode (0LED) array, and the organic light-emitting diodes of the 200845698 body array are S-to-one optically addressed, such as optically modulated, and form adjacent layers. The hologram _ϋ can include two organic light-emitting diode arrays to align optically-spaced light. The pairs of weeks u are each paired into __ organic light-emitting diode arrays written onto a wire-addressed open space modulator and form adjacent layers. The display can include an electronic neo-space light modulator. The holographic display benefits include two electronically located Langguang Jingjing. The system of crying HI can reconstruct the image of the image. The mobile phone system can be used at the far end of the map: pass: = the _ and the depth of the mover. The called party's mobile phone may include = meaning:: reimbursement of the remote servo-^ means the data of the three-dimensional entity map of the face of the caller. Reconstructing the called party's mobile phone pair to stop the wei, _ generating a static full-image = mobile phone may include an amplification function that allows the user to zoom in on the phone, which may include a stereoscopic callee's mobile phone and/or Calling Party Action 12 200845698 The camera, the mobile phone that is called by the party and/or the mobile phone of the beer party may include a single-camera camera and a dragon obtained from the single-camera to generate a depth map software. The mobile phone that is doing the call-to-call* or the caller’s mobile phone can be displayed on the screen. The mobile phone can be used to display the holographic image of the user when the user is away from the display. Reconstructed display device. It is true that the mobile phone of the called party is seen and the / holographic reconstruction mode is switched to the conventional two-dimensional or the calling party's mobile phone can be displayed from the display mode. The calling device's mobile phone and/or the calling party's mobile phone may be a handheld portable assistant (the calling party's mobile phone and/or the calling party's mobile phone may be a personal digital 200845698 phone can be called for the video game device) The action of the party and/or the caller's action reconstruction, only provide a single:::: system can make the hologram _ all-image full-image material needs to be private _ projection Wei, that is, the on-screen _ image , reduce the distance from the county to learn the long-range touch _ Wei New can turn the __ of the full-axis display into the green 30mm range, and put it in the portable box. Bu,, mobile phone Wei Ke in the hologram Displaying the _ beam fine element for the interesting beam pointing element is in the shape of the inside of the isotropic body material, the interface between the area and the matrix is prismatic, or the part of the ball is partially ambiguous (four), the city crystal wealth It is a system of the material and the electric field, and the local derivative of the Weisi fine component is the property of the object. The mobile phone of the called party and/or the line of the calling party can be an optical space in which the address is located. Light-tuning Wei, hologram, material reading array illumination optical positioning Lang Xiwei, New Optics-addressed space The modulating 200845698 is generated by the organic light-emitting diode. When the body array is properly controlled, the holographic reconstruction will be performed by the device, and the action of the swaying or calling party can be a type of modulation. ==The stomach is like the space light into the adjacent layer, the material and the silky difference _ variator will be shaped into a beam of light ===, edited, when the read space light modulator is through two and in pairs The optical fixation reconstruction will control the whole thing, the swaying of the stagnation, and/or the caller’s mobile phone can be a kind of thing, including writing the person to the first-optical address space. The upper, the illuminating diode array, and the organic light emitting diode array on the light modulating device of the special address space, the first organic light emitting diode array disk - 弁 2 location Langguang modulator Forming an adjacent layer, the second organic light emitting diode array ^-first learning inter-illusion inter-mode optical modulator will form an adjacent layer, and the first and second optical wind-addressed spatial light modulators will encode an hologram. When the reading beam array is in the second optical type, the first and second wire-type addressing light modulation Performing a full-image reconstruction via the first and second organic light-emitting diode arrays will result in a holographic reconstruction. 200845698 The mobile phone and/or call is placed on the front side, in which the first and second pairs of organic light The second dynasty can be used for a combination of a device and a control method to modulate the vibration of the light butterfly. The machine or the call material line (4) is sealed as a kind of organic light-emitting diode array. The amplitude of the paired modulation read beam array 舆 her;:::, the light modulator illuminates the two-pole broken wire type addressing m D organic array amplitude and phase second different combination 1 (four) paired modulation read Taking the action of the light beam by the calling party and/or the state action sheet - the holographic reconstructed display device viewed by the user, and the first organic__^ write on the optical slave spatial light modulator To the first layer' and to the second optically-addressed spatial tone sub-mode: an array of organic light-emitting diodes and forming adjacent layers. The younger brother of π can make a gathering distance by using a telephone. The display package light-emitting diode breaks the caller's mobile phone and/or the caller's action 1 = set 'with' display mode, does not require any projection i, the second paste on the screen, and no riding and recording device The π 3 is written to the first - the optically-addressed stray light modulation n - the 200845698 array is formed and the adjacent layer is formed, and the first organic light on the second optical type of the spatial light modulator is written The two extinguish the array and form phase _. The pattern of words and/or corrections may have an organic light-emitting diode on the light-duplex two-mode optical modulator that displays the towel for automatic bribery. Array, and form an adjacent _ body = 2 beam splitter, which allows the observation of the s eye in the reading beam array is a sister, and the optical address (four) light modulator has a sightseeing diode _ When appropriate control, a stereoscopic image is seen. On the other hand, the method of the steps. The types that can be used include the use of the mobile phone system as described in the text: 广 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = The mobile phone will use the wireless connection to call 4ϊ|,, the mobile phone, the caller's action Thunder code full image map full image display, on which the caller's holographic reconstruction is generated s The method of providing telecommunication services allows the mobile phone ageing device of the squeaking party to include the organic light-emitting device to 200845698. On the other hand, the -4 to 4 side raises the side of the squeaking party with the image system and the display ==_ Method, ___,: 话,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, The W-cutting ancient silk squad does not include the light diode _, and forms the organic hair on the crane space illuminator; the method of the telephone call can be transmitted to the called party at the remote end: the call can be paste Like the depth map, the mobile phone of the Η Η 拨打 影像 影像 i i i i i i i i 罐 罐 罐 罐The v-clothing of the called party can be set to compensate for the delay caused by the remote server. "The method of inciting the telephone and the videophone can be used to send the remote server 200845698 The method of calling the three-dimensional entity map of the square face to make the video call of the mobile phone of the screaming party of the beer party, the mobile phone including the stop phone Wei, dialing the image with the holographic hologram The method of telephone allows the financial party to expand the megapixel reconstruction function, allowing the user to amplify part of the holographic reconstruction. The machine acts on the image remnant method, allowing the called party's mobile phone to include stereo photography. The method of allowing the called party's actor to dial the video call, the method of taking the mobile phone and/or calling the ^_7 tree _, can make the setting of the financial party __== money shame _ jin, guide The user is like reconstructing. /, to get the best image to shoot and / or to think that the hologram is in the space light _ 4 light modulator stone hologram" 19 200845698 coding. [Embodiment] A. Infrared organic light-emitting diode display ^ and optical positioning (four) fine-changer close combination, the current implementation of the optical address, such as fine-tuning can be written in the optical location The close combination of the patterned infrared emission display enables such a combination to produce a three-dimensional image under appropriate singularity. The optical neo-space light modulation H includes a photoreceptor layer and is located on the conductive electrode layer. When a voltage is applied to the electrodes, the light pattern incident on the photoreceptor layer will be processed to the liquid crystal layer for modulating the read beam. In the system technology, the incident light = 疋 is electronically addressed spatial light modulator (EASL_ modulated write beam is improved by A sub-addressed spatial light modulation Wei is by light and formed into optical positioning space The light modulation is 1 2 . Usually, writing a human light is not _, can avoid the speckle pattern phenomenon 'and the reading beam is _ sex, with the ability to produce diffraction _ 20 1 2 formula (four) fine change The optical localization of the electronically-spaced optical modulator can be continuous, non-pixel or non-patterned. 2 1 2 and the electronically addressed spatial tones (4) are pixel structures. The sharp edge of the knife is equivalent to a high spatial frequency. 200845698 The frequency of the inter-workback will result in a wide-angle diffraction in the optical far field. g, the electronic positioning of the two apertures will occur in Optical far-field towels are not expected to be optically diffracted: Shougong 叩 'must use known techniques such as air-viewing waves; Xiao Di. In the optical processing program, j-space filtering requires additional steps, this county The thickness of the change = the waste of the county. The optical location of the empty county view _ type of device : 疋月匕 在 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学 光学Less steep growth has a higher spatial density than the edge of the pixel produced by the electronically-addressed* luminaire k ☆ device. In the device of the optical S-type optical space n, the lower concentration High spatial frequency processing is easier and more efficient and efficient than devices that include electronically addressed spatial light modulators. In addition, she is well-positioned, and the optical-site spatial modulator device can be a bistable device. Therefore, ^疋= can be compared to the electronic gift _ 继娜 has more than the source = light y increase the battery life of the portable device or handheld device. 'In this embodiment, a compact device that does not require imaging optics is introduced. The space light modulator uses the infrared organic light-emitting diode display to write people.: Machine = diode display is the balance of the wire-connected stray light, and the shape is like a compact device like optics. The organic light-emitting diode can be Deployable 〃 into organic hair The second reduction _. 峨 峨 叫 叫 2 2 21 200845698 of the placement of optically-addressed spatial light modulators. Organic luminescence - polar axis * and optical positioning of the empty county (four) compact electricity & can be transparent The turned-over organic light-emitting diode display is currently known, as described in the section on Organic Light Emitting: Polar Body Materials. In the second, organic soil-light body and optical The address space of the optical modulator is tight and 疋 疋 轻 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 对 可见光 可见光 可见光 可见光 可见光 可见光 可见光 可见光 可见光 可见光 可见光 可见光The method 她 has her light-polar axis display|| emits infrared rays to write the infrared-sensing photoreceptor layer of the optically-addressed empty P-lighting ^. Because the human eye is not sensitive to infrared rays, the observer cannot see the test-- Infrared writes the light produced by the human beam. In another example, the close combination of the organic light emitting diode display and the optically addressed spatial light modulator allows the write beam and the read beam to be incident on opposite sides of the optically addressed spatial tone U. In another example, the close combination of the organic light emitting diode display and the optically addressed spatial light modulator allows the reflective layer to be on the side of the optically addressed spatial light modulation H, which is an organic light emitting diode display. _ opposite side, so that the two-dimensional image can be observed from the same side of the optically-addressed spatial light modulator, that is, the side where the organic light-emitting diode display is located, and the illumination source is also like the organic light-emitting diode display On the same side of the optically addressed spatial light modulator · This is an example of a reflective display. 22 200845698 In an embodiment comprising an array of infrared organic light-emitting diodes, the infrared-emitting organic light-emitting-off allows control of the combination of amplitude, subtraction amplitude and phase of visible light transmitted by the optically-addressed spatial light-modulating surface, The hologram is produced in the light. Optical Addressing (4) Fine Transformers can include • - Pairing the baffle plate, coated with _ electric power on the plate, as described in the reference US 4,941,735. A continuous or discontinuous photosensitive film can be applied to one of the conductive films. A bistable ferroelectric liquid crystal or a liquid crystal of the same type may be between another conductive film and a photosensitive film. The starting voltage can be applied to the conductive film. In the wire-type address space, the light modulation H towel, the silk type "beam magazine - riding the financial formula or start the pre-study _ from the partialization. Write from the beam can be a smooth light department address space light change light money Silk disregard Lang Guang adjusts Wei. Light 1 face her domain, (4) into the fine picture = description - her _. 1G lion followed, the martial arts plane area, the moon ~ middle (four) branches have sufficient _ sex in order to be able to produce Three-dimensional images. As mentioned in US 2006/250671 - a device for the big light, a middle one - for example in the θ % like full image _ lighting device example can be a white light source array Silk scales (four) miscellaneous people shoot money (four) unified white 23 200845698 light-emitting diodes, where the focusing system can be tight, such as lenticular array or microlens array or, for 10 light sources can be red, green and blue It consists of a shot, or a red, green, and blue light-emitting diode that emits sufficient _ sexual light. However, it has a non-laser source with sufficient space (for example, a light-emitting diode, an organic light-emitting diode) The pole body 'cold cathode fluorescent lamp) is better. The lack of laser light source, such as the photographic image reconstruction, causes the laser to be more pure. The _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ The array of f-touchers is such that the pixels of colored light (e.g., red, green, and blue) are directed toward element 12 'although if a color light source is used, the color filter is an unwanted element 12 infra-red organic on a transparent substrate An array of light-emitting diodes. The infrared T-organic light-emitting diode array will make each of the infrared organic light-emitting diodes 'parallel in the direction of the light, and the light that is emitted from the unique corresponding color pixel is County-type address clock machine 11. Off & optically addressed spatial light write beam; tree ^ emission: first beam for reading beam. At point 14 from the close hologram including the crying 15 = some distance viewer The three-dimensional image can be viewed from the direction of 15: the components, 12 and 13 are configured to be physically connected (realally connected), and each of the objects forming the junction ^ is made to be a single-unit. The physical connection can be Directly. < ensure positive In a small area that is arranged in combination with each other, or can extend 24 200845698 to a larger area 'even the entire surface of the layer. To achieve 'for example, by making the _ transfer glue _ way can == 2 map to generate the heart, _ domain it Any way (refer to the summary system _ section. Reading ω can contain one or two tilt mirror optical film to increase the display (four) brightness: Lu field film is known 'for example in us 5 thief 892 she 5, 9 hits The inner valley of the description. The turn 10 may comprise a polarizing element or a collection of polarizing elements. A linear partial slab is one of them. Another example is a reflective polarizer that transmits a linearly polarized state and reflects Orthogonal linearly biased states _ such sheets are known, for example as described in us 5, 82M88. Another example is a reflective polarizer that can transmit a circularly polarized state and reflect orthogonal circular polarization (4) - such flakes are known, for example within the % described in US 6, (8), milk The widget 1G can include a focusing system that can be compact, such as a permeable array or a microlens array. Element 10 can include other optical components known in the art of backlighting. Figure 4 is a side view of a conventional technique, pointing out the three focusing elements 1101, 1102, 11〇3 of the vertical focusing system 11〇4, in a form in which the cylindrical lenses are horizontally arranged in the array' with reference to reference WO 2006/119920. The light beam that is nearly collimated by the horizontal line source LS2 passes through the focusing unit 11〇2 of the illumination unit to the observer plane 〇p is 25 200845698. According to FIG. 4, many of the line source LSIs, LS2, and LS3 are arranged one above another. The light emitted by each light source is spatially homogenous in the vertical direction and spatially non-coherent in the horizontal direction. This light passes through the transmission element of the optical modulator SLM. This light is only diffracted in the vertical direction because of the components of the hologram-modulated optical modulator SLM. The focusing element 1102 images the light source LS2 in the observer plane 以p in a number of diffraction stages (only useful). The light beam emitted by the light source LS2 is an example of the focusing element 1102 that is the oxime system 1104. In Figure 4, the three beams show the first diffracted class. 1105, the zeroth diffractive class 11〇6, and the negative diffracted class 1107. Line sources allow very high light intensities to be produced compared to a single point source. The use of multiple holographic regions that have increased efficiency and line source alignment for each part of the reconstructed three-dimensional scene enhances the intensity of the glare. Another advantage is that without the use of lasers, multiple sources (for example, after a slot that can be part of the shutter) can produce sufficient dimming. B. Close combination of two pairs of organic light-emitting two-story and light-storing location light _ (four) combination. In a further embodiment, a close combination of two pairs of organic light-emitting diodes and an optically-addressed spatial light modulation || can be used to continuously and closely Phase. Therefore, the complex number consisting of amplitude and phase can be compiled in the transmitted light one by one. 26 200845698 This embodiment includes a first intimate combination of an infrared organic light emitting diode array and an optically addressed spatial light modulator pair and a second paired by an infrared organic light emitting diode array and an optically addressed spatial light modulator Close combination. • The first pair modulates the amplitude of the transmitted light, and the second pair modulates the phase of the transmitted light. Alternatively, the phase of the transmitted light may be modulated by the first pair, and the amplitude of the second paste and transmitted light. The close group I of each of the external organic light-emitting diode arrays and the optical addressing such as the light modulation (4) can be as described in the section. The close combination of the two pairs of infrared organic light-emitting diode arrays and the optically-addressed spatial light modulator is separated by an infrared filter, and the external line is passed; the absorber absorbs infrared rays without processing visible light. In the vth step, the first-infrared organic light-emitting diode array is patterned, and the amplitude is modulated in the first-optical-spatial spatial light modulator. In the second step 1, the second infrared organic light emitting diode array is written to provide a phase modulation in the second, intermediate site optical machine. Infrared filter blocks infrared, shank-tight combination--infrared-and-light-emitting diode array and optical 7-space spatial light modulator to second tight combination of a pair of infrared _organic illuminating body /空间 空间 空间 · · 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线 红外线Close combination of the type of inter-station light modulator. The fine, infrared filter transmits the visible light from the first pair of red 27 200845698 external organic light-emitting diodes, as a close combination of the first optical modulator, a pair of infrared organic light-emitting diode array fish, Vitru image. The read beam in a tight combination of address space light modulators. By the second optics =: Wei Chuan Shuaiguang has been in the amplitude and phase of money should be, so when viewing the surface: the two light tightly launched by the device, the observer can observe ~ based on (four) head tilting (four) Modulation technology promotes the performance of numerical values, and organic hair-polar axis unreduced optical address space optical modulators have high resolution. Therefore, this embodiment can produce a full image so that the viewer can see the two-dimensional image. In Figure 2, a solid example is shown. 2G is a photo, used to provide the reward of the flat domain, and the lighting has sufficient relevance, (4) to produce a three-dimensional image. An example P of a large-area image hologram is provided in 1^2006/250671 as an example. This type of device can be used as a white light source array, such as a cold cathode fluorescent lamp or a (four) light beam, which is incident on a poly (four), white light emitting body, wherein the focusing system can be tight, Such as a lenticular array or a microlens array. Alternatively, the light source for 20 may be composed of red, green, and blue lasers, or red, green, and blue light emitting diodes that are filled with the same light. However, non-laser sources with sufficient workability (eg, light-emitting diodes, organic light-emitting diodes, 28 200845698 cold cathode fluorescent lamps) are even better. Disadvantages of laser sources, such as laser spots on holographic reconstruction, are relatively expensive, and all possible safety issues with regard to the holographic display of the viewer or the eyes of a holographic display assembly worker. The thickness of the elements 20-23, 26_28 may all be about a few centimeters or less. Element 21 may comprise a color filter array such that pixels of colored light (e.g., red, green, and blue light) are directed toward element 22, although a color filter is not required if colored filaments are used. The element 22 is an infrared organic light emitting diode array on the transparent plate. The infrared organic light emitting diode array will make each infrared organic light emitting diode in the square of the element 23, parallel reading the light emitted by the corresponding color pixel. . Element 23 is an optical type. _ Optically-addressed spatial light modulator, the infrared organic light-emitting diode array provides a write beam; the color beam emitted by element 21 is a read beam. The element 26 is an infrared ray eliminator that transmits only visible light and interrupts the infrared light, so that the infrared light emitted by the (four) member 22 does not affect the yoke 27. Reading 27 is a light bribe in the light and tender space. Element 28 is an array of infrared organic light emitting diodes on the reverse side. Infrared organic light-emitting diodes = make each, sniffing light: 嶋 7 7 first 'parallel and in line with the only - corresponding & address door Λ 蹲 出 出 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 327 327 327 327 327 327 Infrared organic light emitting diode
束;元件20發射的彩色先束為讀取先束。關於傳送先H 凋變振幅,元件27調變相位。也$ 件 位也可以轉27調變振幅,元件23 29 200845698 調變相位。因為從透明基板28 上、、、工外線有機發光二極體陣列來的 光是發射在元件26的方向,元株% 1 万向70件26可魏紅⑽光,防止元件 %的光至絲你卿光機器23。這獅設定,兩個有機發 光二極體陣列22及28放出的光線,在實質上為相反的方向,確 *保兩個先學式定址空間光調變器23及27可放置在接近的位置。 •將鮮式定址空縣調·23及27靠魏賊少光學耗損及因The beam; the color first beam emitted by the component 20 is the read beam. Regarding the transmission of the first H fade amplitude, the element 27 is modulated in phase. Also $piece position can also be converted to 27 modulation amplitude, component 23 29 200845698 modulation phase. Since the light from the transparent substrate 28, the external light-emitting organic light-emitting diode array is emitted in the direction of the element 26, the Yuan strain% 1 million 70 pieces 26 can be Weihong (10) light, preventing the component% of the light to the wire You Qingguang machine 23. The lion sets the light emitted by the two organic light-emitting diode arrays 22 and 28 in substantially opposite directions, ensuring that the two pre-study address spatial modulators 23 and 27 can be placed in close proximity. . • The fresh-style address is empty and the county is adjusted. 23 and 27 rely on Wei thief to reduce optical loss and cause
光束分歧而產生的像素串音問題·· #光學式定址空間光調變器B ►及27是非常靠近的,可實猶過光學私址郎細魏的彩色 光線光束的非重疊傳播的較佳近似值。圖二元件27及&的次序 可以減,但是料認為是理想實現通過光科定址空間光 調變器23及27的彩色光線光束之間低串音及高傳輸目標的設定。 兀件20可包含-個或兩個稜鏡光學膜來增加顯示器的亮度: .這樣的膜是已知的’例如在US 5,056,89MUS中所描 述的内容。元件20可包含偏光元件,或是偏光元件的集合。線性 偏光薄片是其巾-侧子。另外—個例子是反射式偏光片,可傳 达一個線性偏化狀態,並且反射正交線性偏化狀態-這樣的薄片 是已知的,例如在US 5,828,488中所描述的内容。另一個例子是 反射式偏光片,可傳送一個圓形偏化狀態,並且反射正交圓形偏 化狀態-這樣的薄片是已知的’例如在^^^^幻一的中所描述的 内容。元件20可包含聚焦系統,此聚焦系統可為緊密的,例如透 30 200845698 鏡狀陣列或微透鏡陣列 已知的光學元件。 。70件20可包含其它在背光科技的領域中Pixel crosstalk problems caused by beam divergence·················································································· approximation. The order of elements 27 and & Figure 2 can be reduced, but is considered to be ideal for achieving low crosstalk and high transmission targets between the colored light beams of the optically addressed spatial modulators 23 and 27. The element 20 may comprise one or two tantalum optical films to increase the brightness of the display: Such films are known, for example, as described in US 5,056,89 MUS. Element 20 can comprise a polarizing element or a collection of polarizing elements. The linear polarizing sheet is its towel-side. Another example is a reflective polarizer that can communicate a linearly biased state and reflect an orthogonal linearly biased state - such a sheet is known, for example, as described in U.S. Patent 5,828,488. Another example is a reflective polarizer that transmits a circularly polarized state and reflects an orthogonal circularly biased state - such a slice is known as 'detailed in ^^^^幻一一. Element 20 can include a focusing system that can be compact, such as an optical element known as a mirror array or microlens array of 30 200845698. . 70 pieces 20 can include other in the field of backlight technology
▼ _ "日牧皿%仲哪厲义間的膜。實體連接 報制在麵正確的相励刚小區域_或是可延伸至較大的 區域丄甚至層的整個表面。實體連接可由層與層的黏接來實現, 例^藉由制光學傳轉糊的方^,績形錄糾全像圖產 生為15,或是藉由其它任何的方式(參考概要製造程序部份)。 在圖二中,理想情況下有機發光二極體陣列22及28放出的 光線疋相當準直的。ϋ,實際有機發光二極體放自的光線可能 為不準直’例如朗伯(Lambertian)(完全擴散)分配的光 當有機發 光一極體的光放射並不是十分準直時,有機發光二極體可以盡可 月匕的#近對應的光學式定址空間光調變器。在這樣的情況,入射 在光學式定址空間調變器表面的強度將變化至近似入射角餘弦的 平方。在45。或60。的入射光將導致強度僅為垂直入射光的二分之 一或是四分之一。因此,假如有機發光二極體是充份相間隔地隔 31 200845698 開,可見練素絲㈣、,並且足齡近光學紅址空間光調變 裔,幾何效應將導致魏光學式定址空間光調㈣帥上產生的 電位產發生重大變化’甚至是在有機發光二極體献射分配為郎 伯(Lambertian)的限制情況下。入射的紅外線強度在有機發光二極 體的光垂獻_絲式纽帥細__之啊能不合降 至零,這可能導致裝置可實_對比減低。但是如果關化裝置 結構,減少的對比是可接受的。 在圖二中,理想情況下有機發光二極體陣列22及烈放出的 先線是相當準直的。然而,實際有機發光二極體放㈣光線可能 為不準直,例如朗伯(Lambertian)(完全擴散)分配的光。當有機發 光二極體的光麟是碑鱗,有機發光二鋪喊何光分航 利用布拉麵agg)過濾、器全像光學元件來進行修正,例如在仍 ^3· _述_容。梳格_全像光學元件可造成光 故或奸蚊械肢林具錄麵準紐。_八顯 全像光學元件的作財例。在以中,⑽是有機發 ^體陣列,81是全像光學元件布拉格過濾器,包含布拉格平 機發平面Μ ’而82為光學式定址空間光調變器。在有 陣列财的—個單—有機發光二極體Μ,發射的紅 ^刀佈疋如85所示意的分佈。由有機發光二極體陣列80所 光_6,在嫩學元制巾經歷散射,接著近似正交 32 200845698 的入射在光學式定址空間光調變器g2上。在這個方法申,改進入 射在光學式定址空間光調變器82上的紅外線的準直性是可以實現 的0 ^ 另一個實施例如圖五所示。57是照明裝置,用於提供平面區 , 域的明’並且照明具有充份的同調性,能夠產生三維圖像。如 在仍2006/250671中提供了關於大區域影像全像圖的實例即為一 個例子。這類型的裝置可採用白色杨陣列的形式,例如冷陰極 螢光燈或發㈣猶人射在聚録統上的自光發光二極體,其中 聚焦系統可為緊密的,如透鏡狀陣列或微透鏡陣列%。或者,用 於57的光源可由紅、綠及藍雷射所組成,或是發編分同雛光 的紅、綠及藍發光二極體所組成。然而,具有充份空間同調性的 非雷射光源(例如:發光二極體,有機發光二極體,冷陰極榮光燈) •是更⑽。雷射絲的缺點,像是在全·建上造成魏斑點、 '姆球料紅及财_傷害全侧錢看者或是進行全像 减不裝置組裝卫作人貝的眼睛等可能的安全問題。 這樣的膜胃已^3個或_稜鏡光學縣增加顯示11的亮度: 。樣的膜疋已知的,例如㈣職892與▼ _ " The physical connection is reported to be in the correct phase of the small area of the phase _ or can extend to a larger area or even the entire surface of the layer. The physical connection can be achieved by bonding the layers to the layers. For example, by making the optical transfer paste, the full-image image is generated as 15, or by any other means (refer to the outline manufacturing program department). Share). In Fig. 2, the light emitted by the organic light emitting diode arrays 22 and 28 is ideally collimated. ϋ, the light from which the actual organic light-emitting diode is placed may be light that is not collimated, such as Lambertian (complete diffusion). When the light emission of the organic light-emitting body is not very collimated, the organic light-emitting The polar body can be used as the most recent optically-spaced spatial light modulator. In such a case, the intensity incident on the surface of the optically addressed spatial modulator will vary to approximately the square of the cosine of the incident angle. At 45. Or 60. The incident light will result in a intensity that is only one-half or one-quarter of the normal incident light. Therefore, if the organic light-emitting diode is fully spaced apart at 31 200845698, it can be seen that the physique silk (4), and the age-near optical red-red space spatial light modulation, the geometric effect will lead to the Wei optical-addressed spatial light tone. (4) Significant changes in the potential production produced by Shuai's even in the case of the allocation of organic light-emitting diodes to Lambertian. The intensity of the incident infrared light in the organic light-emitting diodes _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ However, if the device structure is turned off, the reduced contrast is acceptable. In Figure 2, the organic light-emitting diode array 22 and the first line of the violent discharge are ideally collimated. However, the actual organic light-emitting diodes (4) may be light that is not collimated, such as Lambertian (completely diffused). When the light-emitting diode of the organic light-emitting diode is a monument scale, the organic light-emitting two-story screams the light-splitting, using the aramid agg filter, and the holographic optical element is used for correction, for example, still in the ^3· ___. Comb _ holographic optical components can cause light or rape. _ Eight-display full-image optical components for financial purposes. In the above, (10) is an organic hair body array, 81 is a holographic optical element Bragg filter, and includes a Bragg plane plane Μ ' and 82 is an optical address space light modulator. In the case of a single-organic light-emitting diode, there is a distribution of red knives, such as 85. The light _6 of the organic light-emitting diode array 80 is subjected to scattering on the tender elemental towel, and then incident on the optically-spaced spatial light modulator g2 approximately orthogonally 32 200845698. In this method, it is possible to improve the collimation of the infrared rays incident on the optically-addressed spatial light modulator 82. Another embodiment is shown in Fig. 5. 57 is a lighting device for providing a flat area, a field of illumination, and illumination having sufficient coherence to produce a three-dimensional image. An example of a large-area image hologram is provided in still in 2006/250671. This type of device may take the form of a white poplar array, such as a cold cathode fluorescent lamp or a self-light emitting diode that is mounted on a poly recording system, where the focusing system can be tight, such as a lenticular array or Microlens array %. Alternatively, the light source for 57 may consist of red, green, and blue lasers, or may be composed of red, green, and blue light-emitting diodes. However, non-laser sources with sufficient spatial coherence (eg, light-emitting diodes, organic light-emitting diodes, cold cathode glory lamps) are more (10). The shortcomings of the laser, such as the formation of Wei spots in the whole building, 'm ball red and wealth _ damage all sides of the money viewers or the hologram to reduce the installation of the eyes of the guardian people, etc. may be safe problem. Such a membrane stomach has been increased by 3 or _ 稜鏡 optical county to show the brightness of 11: Such membranes are known, such as (four) 892 and
述的内容。元件57可包含偽η ; J 偏㈣Μ曰Μ / 或是偏光元件的集合。線性 偏先'4片疋其中—_子。科—個例子是反射式偏光片,可傳 33 200845698 达-個線性偏化狀態,並且反射正交線性偏化狀態這樣的薄片 是已知的’例如在US 5,828,488中所描述的内容。另一個例子是 反射j偏光片,可傳送-個圓形偏化狀態,並且反射正翅形偏 化狀態-這樣的薄片是已知的,例如在US6,⑻,奶中所描述的 内容。元件57可包含其它在背光科技的領域中6知的光學元件。 元件57、5G-54的厚度全部可轉數公分,或是更低。元件 # 51可包含色彩過濾器陣列,使得彩色光線(例如紅色、綠色及藍色 光)的像素是射向元件52,儘管如果使用彩色光源,色彩過渡器是 不需要的。 元件52是在透明基板上的紅外線有機發光二極體陣列。紅外 線有機發光二極體_將使得對於每—個色彩像素,—個包含二 種紅外線有機發光二極體的唯—成對在元件53的方向發射的光, 會平行且符合從它們賴應的色彩像素發出的光。第-種的έ工外 線有機發光二域發射第一波長的紅外線。第二種的紅外線有機 發光二極體發㈣二波長的紅外線’第二波長與第—波長是不相 同的7L件53疋光學式定址空間光調魏。元件54是另一光學 、疋止工間光射⑨、。關於光學式定址空間光調變器,紅外線有 機發光二極體_提供寫人光束;元件&發射的彩色光束為讀取 光束光子式疋址空間光調變器53是由有機發光二極體陣列2 34 200845698 發射的兩個紅外線波長中的第―波長所㈣。光學式定址空間光 調_ S對於有機發光二極體陣列S2所發射的兩個紅外線波長 的第二波長不敏感,並且會將有機發光二極體陣列52發射的兩個 紅外線波長的第二波長傳送。光學式定址空間光調變器%是由有 •機發光4體陣列52發射的兩個紅外線波長中的第二波長所控 '制。光學式定址空間光調變器54對於有機發光二極體陣列2所 &射的兩個紅外線波長的第—波長是不敏感的,或者可利用光學 式定址空狀觀H 53的吸蚊/絲防止第—紅外驗長的光 到達光學式定址空間光調變器54,藉由它的吸收,在緊密的全像 圖j生$ 55巾,亚不-定需要對於第—紅外線波長不敏感的光學 式定址空間光調變器54。或者也可使用發射兩種不同波長的單一 種有機發光二鋪,^料同波長的減強度是由—個參數所決 定’像是橫越有機發光二極體的賴。兩種不同波長的放射可利 ^ 用時間多工進行控制。 對於傳送光,元件53調變振幅,元件54調變相位。也可以 疋件54調變振幅,元件53調變相位。這樣的設定,有機發光二 極體陣列52發射具有兩種不同波長献,麵兩個光學式定址空 間光調變器S3及%可放置在非常接近的位置。將光學式定址= 間及54靠近能賊少光學耗損及因光束分歧而產生 的像素串音問題··當光學式定址空間光調變器53及54是非常靠 35 200845698 的彩色光線光束的非 近的’可實魏過光學式定址㈣光調變器 重疊傳播的較佳近似值。 位於點56離包括緊密全像圖產生器55的裝置-些距離的觀 看者,可從55的方向觀看到三賴像。元件57 m、^The content of the description. Element 57 may comprise a pseudo η; J bias (tetra) Μ曰Μ / or a collection of polarizing elements. Linearity is preceded by '4 pieces of 疋 _ _ sub. An example is a reflective polarizer that can transmit 33 200845698 up to a linearly biased state, and a sheet that reflects an orthogonal linearly biased state is known, for example, as described in US 5,828,488. Another example is a reflective j-polarizer that transmits a circularly polarized state and reflects a positive-winged biased state - such a sheet is known, for example, as described in US 6, (8), Milk. Element 57 may comprise other optical elements known in the art of backlight technology. The thickness of the elements 57, 5G-54 can all be rotated by a few centimeters or less. Element # 51 may comprise a color filter array such that pixels of colored light (e.g., red, green, and blue light) are directed toward element 52, although a color transition is not required if a colored light source is used. Element 52 is an array of infrared organic light emitting diodes on a transparent substrate. The infrared organic light-emitting diode _ will enable, for each color pixel, a pair of only two infrared organic light-emitting diodes to emit light in the direction of the element 53 in parallel and in accordance with their dependence The light emitted by the color pixels. The first type of the external organic light-emitting two-domain emits infrared rays of a first wavelength. The second type of infrared organic light-emitting diode emits (four) two-wavelength infrared light. The second wavelength and the first wavelength are different. The 7-liter piece 53 疋 optically-spaced space light-modulated Wei. Element 54 is another optical, stop-and-work light 9 . Regarding the optically-addressed spatial light modulator, the infrared organic light-emitting diode provides a write beam; the component & emits a colored light beam as a read beam photon-type address space, and the light modulator 53 is composed of an organic light-emitting diode. Array 2 34 200845698 The first wavelength of the two infrared wavelengths emitted (four). The optically addressed spatial light tone _ S is insensitive to the second wavelength of the two infrared wavelengths emitted by the organic light emitting diode array S2 and will emit the second wavelength of the two infrared wavelengths emitted by the organic light emitting diode array 52 Transfer. The optically addressed spatial light modulator % is controlled by the second of the two infrared wavelengths emitted by the array 4 of the organic light emitting body. The optically-addressed spatial light modulator 54 is insensitive to the first wavelength of the two infrared wavelengths of the organic light-emitting diode array 2, or may be optically addressed to the air-catching view of the H 53 mosquito/ The wire prevents the first-infrared length of light from reaching the optically-addressed spatial light modulator 54, by which it absorbs, in a compact hologram, a $55 towel, which is insensitive to the first-infrared wavelength. Optically addressed spatial light modulator 54. Alternatively, a single organic light-emitting two-layer emitting two different wavelengths may be used, and the same-wavelength de-emphasis is determined by a parameter, such as traversing the organic light-emitting diode. Two different wavelengths of radiation can be controlled by time multiplexing. For transmitting light, element 53 is modulated in amplitude and element 54 is modulated in phase. It is also possible to adjust the amplitude of the element 54 and the element 53 to adjust the phase. With such a setting, the organic light emitting diode array 52 emits two different wavelengths, and the two optically addressed spatial light modulators S3 and % can be placed in close proximity. The optical addressing = between and 54 is close to the optical loss of the thief and the pixel crosstalk caused by the beam divergence. · When the optically addressed spatial light modulators 53 and 54 are very close to 35 200845698, the colored light beam is not A similar approximation of the near-transparent optical transposition (4) optical modulator overlap propagation. A viewer located at point 56 from the device including the close hologram generator 55 may view the three images from the direction of 55. Component 57 m, ^
及%是配置成實體連接(真實上連接),每—個形成結構的一層, 使得整體為單-、統—的物件。實體連接可為直接的。或是間接 的,如果有薄的中間層,覆蓋在相鄰層之間的膜。實體連接可限 制在確保正確的相互排_傾域巾,或是可延伸至較大的區 ^的正個表面。實體連接可由層與層的黏接來實現,例 μ藉由使用光予傳送轉泰方式,峨形成緊密的全像圖產生 裔55 ’或是猎由其它任何的方式(參考概要製造程序部份)。 在光學式定址郎光調㈣執行振幅調魏,在典型的設定 =入射的棘光學光束將會藉由將絲通過線性偏光片來達到 =偏化。振蝴肢由在施加電場巾液晶的旋轉所控制,其中 :场疋域光層所產生,辟光的偏化狀態。在這制裝置中, 離開光學式核空間光靖器的光會通過另―個線性偏光片,可 口光的偏化狀贼_減少強度,如同它通過光學式定址空間光 調變器時一樣。 36 200845698 在光學式定址空間光調變器執行相位調變處,除非它們已處 於定義的線性偏化狀態,在典型的設定中,入射的讀取光學光束 將會藉由將光束通過線性偏光片來達到線性偏化。相位調變是由 施加電場的應用所控制,其中電場是由感光層所產生,影響光的 , 相位狀態。在相位調變的一個例子中,使用向列型相位液晶,光 軸方向是咖m定的,但是雙折射是施加電_函數。在相位調 變的例子中,使關電性液晶,雙折射是固定的,但是光輛的方 • 向是由施加電壓所控制。在相位調變實作中,使用其中任一種方 法,輸出光束對於由施加電壓控制的輸入光束而言具有相位差。 可執灯相位調變的液晶元件的其中一個例子為於她触兑元件 排列,在其中使用了具有正介異方向性的_魏晶的反平 行排列區域,如同在US 5,973,817所描述的内容。 ' C·緊密型光源與電子式定址空間光調變器的緊密組合。 馨這個實關奸式紐變轉充侧調性緊密 型光源的緊密組合,這組合能夠在適#的照明情況下產生三維圖 在這個實施例中,描述了不需要成像光學的電子式定址空間 纖器細細術f細触了-個光源 或夕個雄、雜料、電子式定址^__(easlm)及非 37 200845698 必要的分光鏡元件的緊密組合,此組合㈣在適當的照明情況下 產生三維圖像。 在圖十-中為-個實施例。110是照明襄置·提供平面區域 的照明’其巾照暇具有充份的_性以便能夠產生三維圖像。 在US 2006/250671提及一個用於大區域影像全像圖的照明裝置例 子’其中-個例子是在圖四中。如同11〇的裝置可為白光光源陣 列的形式,例如冷陰極找贼發出的光線人射在聚㈣統上的 白光發光二極體’其中聚焦祕可為緊密的,如透鏡狀陣列或微 透谢車列H用於11G的光源可由紅、綠及藍雷射所組成; 或是發蚊份同雛光的紅、綠及藍發光二極體所喊。紅色, 綠色及監色發光二極體可成為有機發光二極體(〇LEDs)。然而,具 有充份空間_性的非雷射統(例如:發光二歸,有機發光二 極體’冷陰極螢光燈)是更侧。雷射光源的缺點,像是在全像重 建上造成雷射_、相對上較為昂貴以及所有關於傷害全像顯示 觀看者或是進行全細稀置組裝讀人s的眼_可能的安全 問題。 -元件U〇的厚度可約為數公分,或是更低。在較佳實施例中, 以牛11G-U3全部厚度會低於三公分,以便提供充份_性的緊密 光源。元件111可為色彩過滤器陣列,使得彩色光線(例如紅色: 38 200845698 綠色及藍色光)的像素是射向元件112,儘管如果使用彩色光源, 色彩過絲是不需制。元件112是電子式定址郎光調變器。 疋件113疋非必要的光束分光鏡元件。位於點114離包括緊密全 像圖產生器115的裝置一些距離的觀看者,可從115的方向觀看 到三維圖像。 • 兀件U〇可包含一個或兩個稜鏡光學膜來增加顯示器的亮 度.這樣的膜是已知的,例如在仍5,〇56,892與us 5,9i9,55i中 所描述的内容。元件11〇可包含偏光元件,或是偏光元件的集合。 線! 生偏光薄片疋其中—個例子。另外—個例子是反射式偏光片, :舰-轉性偏錄態,並且反射正交雜偏錄態這樣的 薄片是已知的,例如在us 5,828,488中所描述的内容。另一個例 子疋反射式偏光片’可傳送—個圓形偏化狀態’並且反射正交圓 Φ 形偏化狀恶1樣的薄片是已知的,例如在US6,181,395中所描 ' 賴内容。元件110可包含其它在背光科技的領域巾已知的光學 元件。 電子式定址空㈤光調變器是空間光調變器的—種,在其中元 件陣列中的每-個元件可彻電子式進行定址。每個元件對入射 的光進灯-些侧,例如用來調變它所傳送的光的振幅,或者調 變它所傳达的光的她,或者觀它所傳賴光的振幅及相位的 39 200845698 組合。在US 5,973,817巾捭极7 , 例子,mm…’、了—個電子式定址空間光調變器的 … 1 ”'、目位雙電子式定址空間光調變器。液晶電子式 磁光 調變器的另一個例 =址如光調變H為電子式定址空間光調變騎—個例子。 书子式定址為電子式定址空間光 子0 元件 11〇,ill m 菸 1ΊΟ — 112及113是配置成實體連接(真實上連接), 母-個形成結構的—層,使得整體為單―、統—的物件。實體連 接了為直接的。或是間接的,如果有_中間層,覆蓋在相鄰層 之間的,。倾連接可_在確保正確_互組合制的小區域 中或疋可延伸至較大的區域,甚至層的整個表面。實體連接可 由層與層雜接來實現,例如藉由使贱學傳_輔的方式, 以便形成緊密的全像圖產生器115,或是藉由其它任何的方式(參 考概要製造程序部份)。 圖四是習用技術侧視圖,指出垂直聚焦系統·的三個聚焦 元件1101 11〇2、11〇3 ’採用圓柱形透鏡水平排列於陣列中的形 式並以水平線光源LS2幾近準直的光束通過照明單位的聚焦元 件11〇2至觀察員平面〇ρ為例。根據圖四,許多的線光源⑶,吸, LS3是-侧上下排列。每—個光源發射的光,在垂直方向是充 伤二門同的’在水平方向是空間非同雛的。這個光會通過 200845698 光調變器SLM _輸元件。這個朗為全像圖編碼的光調變器 SLM的磁’僅㈣直方__。雜元件聰在觀察員平面 OP以數個繞射階級(只有-個是有用的)成像光源⑻。由光源w 所發射的光束是作為只通過聚焦系統聰的聚焦元件腦的例 子。在圖四中’二個光束顯示第-繞射階級1105、第零階級蘭 及貞-階級11G7。與早—點光源她’線統允許非常高的光強 度產生。使❹個已增加效率與針對重建三維場景的每一個部分 籲進行線光源排列的全像區域可提升有效的光強度。另—個優點, 不採用雷射,多個分隔的(例如在可為遮光器一部份的槽鬧之後) 常見光源可產生充份的同調光。 通常,全像顯示絲·在虛擬觀察員視窗中重建波前。波前是 -個實際物體會產生的東西,如果它存在的話。當觀察員的眼睛 是位於可能為多個虛擬觀察員視窗(v〇Ws)中的一個虛擬觀察員 視窗時,他會看見重建的物件。如圖六A所示,全像顯示^列 構成要素所域:絲、,透鏡,郎光機器及非必要光束分光 鏡。 為了幫助空間光調變器與可顯示全像圖像的緊密型光源 密組合產圖六a的單—魏可由統_及透梦 陣列或透鏡狀陣列分別取代,如圖六6所示。在圖μ中: 200845698 照射空間光調變器,並且透鏡成像光源至觀察員平面。空間光調 變器編碼全像圖像且調變進入的波前,使得波前可重建在虛擬觀 察員視窗中。非必要光束分光鏡元件可使用來產生數個虛擬觀察 員視窗,例如一個用於左眼的虛擬觀察員視窗與一個用於右眼的 虛擬觀察員視窗。 叙设使用光源陣列與透鏡陣列或是透鏡狀陣列,陣列中的光 源必須分隔,使得通過透鏡陣列或是透鏡狀陣列全部透鏡的光同 時至虛擬觀察員視窗。 圖六B的裝置適合採用可應用於緊密全像顯示的緊密設計。 這樣的全像顯示可適祕行動剌,例如在行動餘或個人數位 助理中。典舰,這樣的全細示將有-射或幾射等級的螢 幕尺对。全像次顯示螢幕的尺啊小至一公分。適合的元件將在 下面作詳細描述。 1)光源/光源陣列 固定的單-光源可使鮮的情況下。如果觀察員移動, 觀察員y被触,顯示ϋ可鱗贿得產生_像可讓在新 位置的觀察S看得見。此時,要从沒虛擬觀察貞視窗的追縱, 就是追縱是在帥光之後使縣束指向元件來進行。 42 200845698 了:疋的光源陣列可藉由以背光照亮的液晶顯示器(咖)來 :’、、=樣光源的陣列,只有適當的像素是切換到傳 些統的孔徑必奴夠小,以保證提供充份空間同調 陣重建。縣源的陣列可與包含二維排列透鏡的透鏡 ㈣。線光__是較推薦與包含平行排_柱形透 鏡的透鏡狀陣列一起使用。 ^交好^將有機發光二極體顯示器作為光源陣列。身為自發 衣,比起液晶顯示器大部分產生的光會由 下姆素,能具有二== $ 一 1如电效果。然而,液晶顯示器可能比有機發光二極體 ΓΓ 體倾優勢,即使有機發光二極體顯示器能比液 ==_的蝴供光線。t以有峨二極體顯示 ’只_至其上_需要在眼睛位置產生 鶴。梅、切聰卿轉列的像素 光=:Γ_光源。每一個點光源的發光區域或是每-個線 要足_小,來保證提供充份空_調性於目標 ‘鏡陣二S3’ ^源的陣列較適合與包含二維排列透鏡 43 200845698. 2)聚焦方法··單一透鏡,透鏡陣列或透鏡狀陣列 聚焦工具成像-個光源或多個光源至觀察許面。當空間光 调交裔是非常靠近聚焦玉具時,在空間光調變器中編碼的資訊的 •傅立葉轉換是在觀察員平面中。聚焦工具包含-個或數個聚焦元 ^ 件。空間光調變器與聚焦工具的位置是可以交換的。 ⑩ 騎電子式定址空間光調變ϋ與充份關性的緊密型光源的 緊密組合,薄的聚焦卫具是必要的:制具有凸面的折射透鏡是 過厚的。取錢之的是彻繞械全像透鏡。繞誠全像透鏡可 具有單一透鏡、透鏡陣列或透鏡狀陣列的功能。這樣的材料是存 在的,如由 Physical Optics Corporation,Torrance,CA,USA 所提供 的表面起伏全像產品。或者是使用透鏡陣列。透鏡陣列包含二維 • 排列的透鏡,每一個透鏡分配至光源陣列的一個光源。另一個選 ’ 擇是使用透鏡狀陣列。透鏡狀陣列包含一維排列的圓柱形透鏡, 每一個透鏡有一個在光源陣列中的對應光源。如上所述,如果使 用光源陣列與透鏡陣列或是透鏡狀陣列,陣列中的光源必須分 隔’使得通過透鏡陣列或是透鏡狀陣列全部透鏡的光同時至虛擬 觀祭貝視窗。 通過透鏡陣列或是透鏡狀陣列的透鏡的光對於任何其它的透 44 200845698 鏡是非同_。因此,在钟光調魏上編碼的全像圖是由次全 像圖所組成’每-個次全像圖對應至—個透鏡。每—個透鏡的孔 徑必須足夠大,以㈣重雜相解析度足夠。可以制孔徑斑 全像圖編碼區域典型尺寸 /' 了成手一樣大的透鏡,如在 IJS2006/0055994中所描述的例子。 mi 纽㈣母鏡的孔徑是 3)空間光調變器 全像圖是在空間光調變器上編碼。通常,對於全像圖的編碼 是由複數的二維陣列所組成。因此,理想上空間光調變器應該能 夠调變通過空間光婦n每—個像素的局部光絲的振幅及相 位。然而’-般的空間_魏只能調變振幅或是相位,而不能 獨立進行調變。 振幅調變空間光職器可與轨跡相位編碼組合朗,例如布 克哈特(Burckhardt)編碼。它的缺點是需要三個像素來編石馬一個複 數,並且重建的物件亮度較低。 相位調變空間光調魏可產生較高亮度的重建。舉例而言, 可使用所謂的2相位編碼,糊兩個像素來編碼—個複數。 45 200845698 致不希望二空間先調變器具有明顯邊緣的特性,這將導 孔徑來減它_繞_樣中,可藉由使用柔軟 次排除這些問題。柔軟孔徑是 =_傳送方法的-個例子是具有高斯圖:= 對於繞射系統有幫助的。理由 = 中尖銳戴止::值因此’相較於利用具有在本身細And % is configured as a physical connection (real connection), each layer forming a structure, so that the whole is a single-, unified - object. Physical connections can be direct. Or indirect, if there is a thin intermediate layer, cover the film between adjacent layers. Physical connections can be limited to ensure that the correct rows are sloping, or can extend to the front surface of a larger area. The physical connection can be achieved by layer-to-layer bonding. For example, by using the light-to-transfer method, the 峨 forms a close-up hologram of the genus 55' or is hunted by any other means (refer to the outline manufacturing program section). ). The amplitude modulation is performed in the optically-positioned Lang Guangming (4), and in a typical setting = the incident optical fiber will be biased by passing the wire through a linear polarizer. The vibrating limb is controlled by the rotation of the liquid crystal in the application of the electric field towel, wherein: the field is generated by the optical layer, and the polarized state of the light is generated. In this device, the light leaving the optical nuclear space illuminator passes through another linear polarizer, which reduces the intensity as if it were optically addressed to the spatial modulator. 36 200845698 Performing phase modulation at optically-addressed spatial light modulators, unless they are already in a defined linearly biased state, in a typical setup, the incident reading optical beam will pass the beam through a linear polarizer To achieve linear polarization. Phase modulation is controlled by the application of an applied electric field, where the electric field is generated by the photosensitive layer, affecting the phase of the light. In an example of phase modulation, a nematic phase liquid crystal is used, the direction of the optical axis is fixed, but the birefringence is an applied electric_function. In the case of phase modulation, the liquid crystal is made to have a birefringence that is fixed, but the direction of the light is controlled by the applied voltage. In phase modulation implementation, using either of these methods, the output beam has a phase difference for the input beam that is controlled by the applied voltage. One example of a liquid crystal element that can be phase-modulated by a lamp is arranged in her touch element, in which an anti-parallel arrangement of _Wei Jing with positive directionality is used, as described in US 5,973,817. 'C· compact light source and electronically positioned spatial light modulator close combination. The combination of the singularity of the singularity of the singularity of the singularity of the singularity of the singularity of the singularity of the light source, which can produce a three-dimensional image in the case of illumination, in this embodiment, describes an electronic addressing space that does not require imaging optics. Fiber splicing f fine touch - a light source or Xi Xiong, miscellaneous, electronic address ^__ (easlm) and non-37 200845698 necessary close combination of spectroscopic components, this combination (4) under appropriate lighting conditions Produce a three-dimensional image. In the figure - in the figure - an embodiment. 110 is an illumination device that provides illumination of a planar area. The towel is sufficiently versatile to produce a three-dimensional image. An example of a lighting device for a large area image hologram is mentioned in US 2006/250671. One example is shown in Fig. 4. The 11 〇 device can be in the form of an array of white light sources, such as a white cathode light-emitting diode that emits light from a cold cathode to a thief. The focus can be tight, such as a lenticular array or micro-transparent. The light source used for the 11G light can be composed of red, green and blue lasers; or the mosquitoes are shouted by the red, green and blue light-emitting diodes of the young light. Red, green and color-emitting diodes can be organic light-emitting diodes (〇LEDs). However, a non-laser system (e.g., a light-emitting diode, an organic light-emitting diode 'cold cathode fluorescent lamp) having a sufficient space is more lateral. The shortcomings of laser sources, such as lasers on holographic reconstructions, are relatively expensive and all the safety issues associated with the display of the hologram or the full-thinness of the reader. - The thickness of the component U〇 can be on the order of a few centimeters or less. In the preferred embodiment, the total thickness of the cattle 11G-U3 will be less than three centimeters to provide a sufficient source of compact light. Element 111 can be a color filter array such that the pixels of colored light (e.g., red: 38 200845698 green and blue light) are directed toward element 112, although if a colored light source is used, color over-filament is not required. Element 112 is an electronically addressed Langguang modulator. The element 113 is a non-essential beam splitter element. A viewer located at point 114 some distance from the device including the compact allogram generator 115 can view the three-dimensional image from the direction of 115. • The element U〇 may contain one or two 稜鏡 optical films to increase the brightness of the display. Such films are known, for example, as described in still 5, 〇56,892 and us 5,9i9,55i. The component 11A may comprise a polarizing element or a collection of polarizing elements. Line! Raw polarized sheets 疋 one of them. Another example is a reflective polarizer, a ship-to-rotation biased state, and a sheet that reflects an orthogonal hetero-bias state is known, for example, as described in us 5,828,488. Another example is that a reflective polarizer 'transmits a circularly polarized state' and a sheet that reflects an orthogonal circular Φ-shaped biased shape is known, for example as described in US 6,181,395. Lai content. Element 110 may comprise other optical elements known in the field of backlight technology. The electronic address null (5) optical modulator is a type of spatial light modulator in which each component in the array of elements can be addressed electronically. Each element illuminates the incident light onto the side, for example to modulate the amplitude of the light it transmits, or to modulate the light it conveys, or to observe the amplitude and phase of the light it transmits. 200845698 Combination. In US 5,973,817 towel bungee 7, example, mm...', an electronic address space optical modulator... 1"', eye position double electronic address space light modulator. Liquid crystal electronic magneto-optical modulation Another example of the device = the optical modulation H is an electronically-addressed spatial light modulation ride - an example. The book is addressed to the electronically-addressed space photon 0 component 11 〇, ill m smoke 1 ΊΟ - 112 and 113 are configured The physical connection (real connection), the mother-form structure-layer, so that the whole is a single------the entity is connected directly or indirectly, if there is _ intermediate layer, covering the phase The connection between the adjacent layers can be achieved in a small area that ensures correct _ mutual integration or 疋 can extend to a larger area, even the entire surface of the layer. The physical connection can be achieved by layer-to-layer hybridization, for example By means of scholasticism, in order to form a compact hologram generator 115, or by any other means (refer to the outline manufacturing procedure section). Figure 4 is a side view of the conventional technique, indicating vertical focus. Three focusing elements of the system · 1101 11〇2 , 11〇3 'Using a cylindrical lens arranged horizontally in the array and a beam that is nearly collimated with the horizontal line source LS2 passes through the illumination unit of the focusing element 11〇2 to the observer plane 〇ρ as an example. According to FIG. 4, many Line light source (3), suction, LS3 is - side up and down. The light emitted by each light source is filled in the vertical direction. The two sides are the same in the horizontal direction. This light will pass the 200845698 light modulator. SLM _transmission component. This is the hologram of the hologram-modulated optical modulator SLM only (four) histogram __. The component is in the observer plane OP with several diffraction stages (only one is useful) imaging source (8) The light beam emitted by the light source w is an example of a focusing element brain that passes only through the focusing system. In Fig. 4, the 'two beams show the first-diffraction class 1105, the zeroth class blue, and the 贞-class 11G7. The early-point source allows her to generate very high light intensities. This increases the efficiency and the holographic area that is lined up for each part of the reconstructed 3D scene to enhance the effective light intensity. advantage, Without lasers, multiple separations (for example, after a slot that can be part of the shutter) common sources can produce sufficient dimming. Typically, the hologram displays the wavefront in the virtual observer window. The wavefront is what an actual object will produce, if it exists. When the observer's eye is in a virtual observer window that may be in multiple virtual observer windows (v〇Ws), he will see the reconstructed object. As shown in Figure 6A, the holographic display shows the elements of the column: wire, lens, Langguang machine and unnecessary beam splitter. To help the spatial light modulator and the compact light source that can display the holographic image. The single-wei can be replaced by the _ and the omni-directional array or the lenticular array, as shown in Figure 6-6. In Figure μ: 200845698 The spatial light modulator is illuminated and the lens images the light source to the observer plane. The spatial light modulator encodes the holographic image and modulates the incoming wavefront so that the wavefront can be reconstructed in the virtual observer window. The optional beam splitter element can be used to create a number of virtual observer windows, such as a virtual observer window for the left eye and a virtual observer window for the right eye. The use of a light source array with a lens array or a lenticular array, the light sources in the array must be separated such that light passing through the lens array or the lenticular array of all lenses simultaneously reaches the virtual observer window. The device of Figure 6B is suitable for a compact design that can be applied to a compact hologram display. Such a holographic display can be used for appropriate actions, such as in a mobile or personal digital assistant. The ship, this full detail will have a pair of screens with a shot or a few shots. The image of the full-image display screen is as small as one centimeter. Suitable components will be described in detail below. 1) Light source / light source array Fixed single-light source can be used in fresh cases. If the observer moves, the observer y is touched, indicating that the 鳞 can be scaled to produce a _ image that makes the observation S in the new position visible. At this time, it is necessary to never observe the 贞 window of the virtual window, that is, the memorial is to make the county beam point to the component after the handsome light. 42 200845698: The array of light sources can be illuminated by a liquid crystal display (coffee) that is illuminated by the backlight: ',, = array of light sources, only the appropriate pixels are switched to the aperture of the transmission is small enough to Guaranteed to provide sufficient space to rebuild with the array. The array of county sources can be combined with a lens (4) containing a two-dimensional array of lenses. Line light __ is recommended for use with lenticular arrays containing parallel rows of cylindrical lenses. ^交好^ The organic light-emitting diode display is used as an array of light sources. As a self-made garment, most of the light produced by a liquid crystal display will have the effect of two == $1. However, the liquid crystal display may have an advantage over the organic light emitting diode, even if the organic light emitting diode display can supply light to the liquid ==_. t shows with a 峨 diode. ‘only _ to its upper _ needs to produce a crane at the eye position. Plum, Che Congqing's pixel light =: Γ _ light source. The illuminating area of each point source or each line should be _ small to ensure that the array provided with sufficient space _ tonality to the target 'mirror array two S3' ^ source is more suitable and contains two-dimensional array lens 43 200845698. 2) Focusing method · Single lens, lens array or lenticular array focusing tool to image a light source or multiple light sources to the viewing surface. When the spatial light is very close to the focused jade, the Fourier transform of the information encoded in the spatial light modulator is in the observer plane. The focus tool contains one or several focus elements. The position of the spatial light modulator and the focusing tool is interchangeable. 10 In the close combination of the electronically positioned spatial light modulation and the compact compact light source, a thin focusing aid is necessary: the refractive lens with a convex surface is too thick. The money is taken from the holographic lens. A holographic lens can have the function of a single lens, a lens array, or a lenticular array. Such materials are present, such as surface relief holographic products supplied by Physical Optics Corporation, Torrance, CA, USA. Or use a lens array. The lens array contains two-dimensionally arranged lenses, each of which is assigned to a light source of the array of light sources. Another option is to use a lenticular array. The lenticular array comprises a one-dimensional array of cylindrical lenses, each lens having a corresponding source in the array of light sources. As described above, if a light source array and a lens array or a lenticular array are used, the light sources in the array must be separated such that the light passing through the lens array or the lenticular array of all the lenses simultaneously reaches the virtual viewing window. Light passing through a lens array or a lens of a lenticular array is not the same as any other mirror. Therefore, the hologram image encoded on the clock tone is composed of the sub-images. Each of the holograms corresponds to a lens. The aperture of each lens must be large enough to provide sufficient resolution for the (4) heavy phase. Aperture spot can be made to the full size of the image coding area / 'a lens that is as large as a hand, as described in IJS2006/0055994. The aperture of the mi (4) mother mirror is 3) The spatial light modulator The full image map is coded on the spatial light modulator. Typically, the encoding of an hologram is made up of a complex two-dimensional array. Therefore, ideally, the spatial light modulator should be able to modulate the amplitude and phase of the local filament through each pixel of the space. However, the general space _ Wei can only modulate the amplitude or phase, and cannot be modulated independently. The amplitude modulation spatial guillotine can be combined with track phase encoding, such as Burckhardt coding. Its disadvantage is that it requires three pixels to compose a complex number of stones, and the reconstructed objects are less bright. The phase modulation spatial tone can produce a higher brightness reconstruction. For example, so-called 2-phase encoding can be used, and two pixels are encoded to encode a complex number. 45 200845698 It is not desirable for the two-space first modulator to have a sharp edge characteristic, which will reduce the aperture to reduce it, and eliminate these problems by using softness. The soft aperture is =_ transmission method - an example is to have a Gaussian graph: = helpful for diffraction systems. Reason = medium sharp wear:: value therefore 'as compared to the use has its own fine
卫進仃傳送,除了橫向比例參數之外, 當==,不改變的。可使用高斯傳送圖形的薄片陣列: 提供與電子式定址空間光調魏孔徑㈣在—起,盘且 級傳送圖料尖銳截止的系統相比,將制無較高繞射階 、二里減低的較高繞射階級祕。高斯過濾器或柔軟孔徑過渡 ^冒=制繞射加卫品為高空間頻率。高斯器過濾、或柔軟孔徑過渡 -曰取小化在對於左右眼的虛擬觀察員視窗之間的串音。Wei Jinwei transmits, except for the horizontal scale parameter, when ==, does not change. A slice array of Gaussian transfer patterns can be used: Compared with a system that uses an electronically-spaced space to modulate the Wei-Aperture (4), the system can be made without a higher diffraction order and a second reduction. Higher diffraction class secret. Gaussian filter or soft aperture transitions are made by high-frequency frequencies. Gaussian filter, or soft aperture transition - draws a crosstalk between the virtual observer windows for the left and right eyes.
4)光束分光鏡元件 虛擬觀察員視窗會限制在空間光調變器編碼資訊的傅立葉轉 換的-個週期性區間。制現有最大解析度的空間光調變器,虛 擬觀’丁、員視自的大小為1〇毫米的層級。在一些情況下,對於應用 在沒有追蹤的全像顯辦時,這可能會是太小的 。空間多工的虛 擬,員視窗是這個問題的一個解決方法:產生多個虛擬觀‘ 視m。在空間多的例子中,虛擬觀察員視窗會在空間光調變器 46 200845698 不同的位置叫產生。這可由光束分紐來實現。舉例而言, 玉間光δ周變為'上的_組像素編碼虛擬觀察員視窗i的資訊,另一 組像素編碼虛擬觀察員視窗2的資訊。光束分絲會區分這二組 2光’使传虛擬觀察員視窗丄與虛擬觀察員視窗2會並列在觀察 •貝平面。可由無接縫配置虛擬觀察員視窗1與虛擬觀察員視窗2 •來產生較大的虛擬觀察員視窗。多工也可以用來產生左右眼的虛 織察S視窗。在的情況下,並衫要無接縫並置,且在對 於左眼的彳m或數個虛擬觀察員視窗與對於右眼的—個或數個虛 擬觀察員視窗之間可具有間隔。必需要小心虛擬觀察員視窗的較 高繞射階級並不會與其它的虛擬觀察員視窗重疊。 分光鏡it件的-個簡單例子是包含黑色條紋的視差屏障,其 中黑色條紋之間具有透域,如在US2_223㈣帽描述的 φ 内谷。另一個例子是雙凸透鏡狀薄片,如在US2004/223049中所 _ &述的内谷。分光鏡70件㈣—侧子是透鏡陣顺稜鏡遮蔽 物。在緊_全像顯示巾,典型地可能會輕具有分光鏡元件, 然而典型10亳米大小的虛擬觀察員視窗僅足夠提供一眼,這並不 符合一般觀看者具有兩個眼睛,並且相隔約為1〇公分。然而,可 以使用時間多:n來作為空間多工的另—個選擇。在缺少空間多工 的情況下,將不需要再使用分光鏡元件。 47 200845698 工,像進也:使用在彩色全像重建的產生。對於空間色彩多 像h進仃为群,每一群包含紅色 這些群是空間上分?5力_ 1 及薛色先一―、Λ 賴器,並且同時照射紅色,綠色 圖 編石弓。每^^群會利料對目標對應的色彩元素計算的全像 、躺母一群重建它的全像目標重建的色彩元素。 5)時間多工 相同的二Γ嫩下,虛峨_咖峨調變器上 光。這可由㈣辆馳置制時重編碼空間 料。細㈣她·娜貞平面中的虛擬 1丁、貝視4無接縫並置的。如料間多工是足触的,即完整 週期大於25HZ,_將會看見連續擴展的虛擬觀察員視窗。 多工也可以用來產生左右眼的虛擬觀察員視窗。在這樣的情 =、’,需要無接縫並置,且在對於左眼的—個或數個虛擬觀 祭貝視窗與對於右眼的—個或數個虛擬觀察員視窗之間可具有間 隔。這樣的多工可為空間或時間多工。 口、=間與時間的多工也可以結合。舉一個例子,三個虛擬觀察 員視窗是為空間多工’用以產生對於—個眼睛的擴大虛擬觀察員 視窗。這個擴大的虛擬觀察員視窗是時間多工,以產生對於左眼 48 200845698 的擴大虛擬觀料視窗以及對於右_擴大虛擬觀察員視窗。 #、、舄要〗、〜虛換觀察員視窗的較高繞射階級並不會與其它的 虛擬觀察員視窗重疊。 , 對於擴大虛擬觀察貞視窗的多工是較建議與空間光調變器的 重柄-起使用,因為它提供了具對於觀察員移動,視差連續變 化的擴大虛峨察員視窗。簡單而言,沒有重編碼的多工,會在 擴大的虛链觀察員視窗的不同部份,提供重覆的内容。 π 1夕工也可使用在彩色全像重建的產生。對於三個色彩元 f素叫間色料卫,會依序在空間光調變器上編碼。這三個光源 α /、二間光凋變為上的重編碼同時切換。如果完整週期的重覆是 _ ㈣快的,即大於25Ηζ,眼睛會看見連續的色彩重建。 6)不想要的較高繞射階級的處理 、如果較大的虛織耗視窗是由較小的虛擬觀察員視窗拼凑 而成的’虛織祭貞視窗喻冑繞射將可能在其它虛擬觀 察員視窗中產生擾亂串音,除非有執行避免此問題的步驟。舉一 個例子,如果每-個虛擬觀察員視料是位於空間細變器編碼 資訊的傅立葉轉換的第零繞射階級中,虛擬觀察員視窗的第一繞 49 200845698 虛擬觀察員視窗重疊。這樣的重疊可能會 ^^擾I的背景’如果不想要的圖像強度超過需求圖像強度的約 5/〇日守,這將可能會變的軸_顯。在這樣的情況,會傾向於補 償或抑制較高的繞射階級。 • 如果&射空間光調變器的肖度;%不變的話,可以使用固定的 肖過濾ϋ。這要不是全_科具追蹤魏就是光束分光鏡元件 (例如光束指向元件)是位於空間光調魏之後的狀況。目定的角過 濾為可為布祕紐II (Bragg filt_是法布立·培若定規具㈣^ Perot Etalon) ° 在空間光調變H產生具不想要的繞射階級的幾何光強度分配 上,可使用布拉格過濾器成像光學元件來對幾何光強度分配作修 •正,例如在us 5,153,670中所描述的内容。布拉格過據器全像光 - 料件可造成與沒使用此元件時不_光強度分配。圖七顯示了 雜格過脑全像光學元件的魏。在壯巾,7G是空間光調變 器,71是全像光學元件布拉格過魅,包含布拉格平面,例如布 拉格平面74。在空間光調變器7〇上的單一元件?3提供如圖中乃 的繞射光強度分配。由空間光調變器7G繞射的光線76,在 光學元件71中經錄射,接著在不_G與71之_原^ 的方向傳送。如果光線76傳獅方向在7G與71之間為不 200845698 第一階級繞射光,可以容易看見布拉格過濾器71成功改變這些光 至不同的方向,可使它不會造成不想要且可能妨礙觀看者的光學 加工品,典型的觀看者將會位於接近垂直於70的方向。 在專利申請f虎DE 10 2〇〇6 _ 5〇3中提及用於抑舰射階級 的可調式法粒·培紋規。所制岐介㈣個塗均分反射塗 層的共面玻璃薄片之間的液晶層。對於每一個塗層光束的反射, 光束是部分反射及部讀送。傳送光束的干_及它們之間的相 位差將決定干擾是縣建設㈣者為破雜,如在法布立·培若定 ^具標準帽描述的内容。較—個波長,干擾及傳送會隨著光 束的入射角而改變。 、、,給定一個光傳播方向,干擾可藉由改變液晶對於給定光咖 =向的補轉作轉。折神是由施加於液晶層的電場來4 二二!ί 規具的所有限制中,角傳送特似 Γ 的且擇傳贼狀射。例如 作反射立培右定規具是奴騎零階級最健送及第一階級^ ^。在;J能歧會有—料想要的第二階級與較高階級糾 、繞射錢具崎有㈣巾,钱置謂麟於辦 進载級稍擇,根_麵傳送或為反射。 空間過濾器可設置在 空間過渡器可使用在繞射階級的選擇 200845698 空間光調變器與虛擬虛擬觀察員視窗之間,並且包含透明與不透 明區域。這些空間碱器可用來傳送需要的繞射階級,並且阻礙 不想要的繞繼級。這些㈣過難可_定的或是可設定的。 例如:設置在空間光調魏與趣觀察員視窗之_電子式定址 空間光調變器可作為可設定式空間過渡器。 7)眼部追縱 在具有眼部追蹤的電子式定址空間光調變器與充份同雛的 緊密型光源的緊密組合中,眼部蝴_可侧觀察員的眼部 位置。所以’-個或數個虛擬觀察員視窗可自動地設置在眼部位 置,使得觀察員可透過虛擬觀料視窗看到重建的物件。 然而’因為額外裝置需求與影響效能的電力絲限制,追縱 並不是魏實_,尤其可攜絲置歧傾錢置。沒有 追蹤’觀察員必須自行調整顯示器的位置。這是很容易可以做到 的’因為在雛的實補巾,緊鶴示妓可能包含在個人數位 助理或行動電話中的顿式顯示[個人數位助理或行動電話的 =者,通常會垂直地觀看顯轉,對於調整虛擬觀察員視窗來 、.邊用者眼部的位置,並不會有太大的幫助。大家都知道,手 持式裝置的使用者會傾向自己改變手上裝置的方向,叫得最理 想的觀看狀態’如同在侧膽41中所揭述的内容。:此,在 52 200845698 =裝置!、:並不需要使用者眼物及複雜且不緊贿 ° n嶋㈣她赠中,如 、衣而吕,額外需求的設傷與電源不會造成過度的負擔。 性邮況下,電子式定址空間光調變器與充份同調 ’-Ί、源的緊被組合,需要足夠大的虛擬觀察員視窗來簡化 顯不為的_。較好的虛擬觀察員視窗大小應該是眼睛瞳孔大小 的這可由伽小間距空耻調變器的單-較大虛擬觀察員 —:來4或疋由使用大間距空間光調變器的數個較小虛擬觀 .祭員視窗拼湊而成。 虛纖察員視窗的位置是由光源陣列中的光源位置來決定。 眼雜置躺她職部的位置,並且奴絲的位置,以讓虛 擬觀察員視窗適合眼部的位置。在US2G_55994與 US2006/250671中描述了這種類型的追蹤。 另-種方式,當光源位於是固定的位置時,虛擬觀察員視窗 可被移動。絲追蹤需魏於光賴光人射肖變化械不敏感的 空間光調變H。如果光源是為了移動虛擬觀㈣贿位置而移 動,由於在緊雜合巾可能有異常光傳谢#況,這樣的設定將可 月匕展難貝現緊岔型光源與空間光調變器的緊密組合,在這樣實例 53 200845698 及作為顯示器中最後光學元件 令’在顯示nt具有峡的光路徑 的光束指向元件,將會有所幫助。 /鹿圖2及二十—中顯示了光束指向元件。這個光束指向元件 在加„。的輪出端變化光束 z__ #二二了具有_ X與y追縱可 一一"z追敬可控制透鏡的光學特性。例如,圖二十及 、十广光束•曰向兀件的任一個或兩個都可應用於單一裝置内。 光束心向70件是可㈣歸元件歧可控麟射元件。可控制折 射70件可包含填滿液晶_瞒列,液晶是欽在具有等向性線 ''和子电化率張里矩陣中。凹洞具有稜鏡或透鏡的形狀。電場 控制液晶的有效折射率且因此幫助光束指向。電場可在元件間變 化用以產生在元件間變化的光束指向特性。如圖二十所示,電 場是施加在咖的電極之間。液晶具有單麟射雜,並且可被 選擇,以使直它的光崎射轉隨主赌贼”矩陣”的折 射率。其餘的設定’可從習用技術中獲得。主體材料具有等向折 射率。如果液晶的光軸是沿著z方向制,如圖二十所示的適當 電場應用,沿著Z方向傳播的平面波,當它通過光束指向元件時 並不會有折射發生,因為它並沒有遇到任何垂直於它的波映廷向 量(Poyntingvector)的折射率變化。然而,如果施加電場在電極上, 使得液晶的光軸是垂直於z方向,沿著z方向傳播被偏化平行於 光軸的平面波,當它通過光束指向元件時,將遭遇最多的折射, 54 200845698 因為沿著它的(系統可提供的)偏化的方向,它經歷最多可能的折射 率變化。折射_度將可錢_極端例子之間,藉由選擇施加 在主體材料的適當電場而進行調整。 如果凹洞編彡’柯是魏職,__絲束指向。4) Beam splitter element The virtual observer window limits the periodic interval of the Fourier transform of the spatial light modulator coded information. The existing maximum resolution spatial light modulator is available, and the virtual view is a level of 1 mm. In some cases, this may be too small for applications that do not track omnidirectional displays. Space multiplexed virtual, member window is a solution to this problem: generate multiple virtual views ‘see m. In the case of a lot of space, the virtual observer window is called at a different location in the spatial light modulator 46 200845698. This can be done by beam splitting. For example, the jade light δ week becomes the information of the upper _ group pixel coded virtual observer window i, and the other group of pixels encodes the virtual observer window 2 information. The beam splitting will distinguish the two sets of 2 lights' so that the virtual observer window 丄 and the virtual observer window 2 will be juxtaposed in the observation plane. The virtual observer window 1 and the virtual observer window 2 can be configured to create a larger virtual observer window. Multiplex can also be used to create a virtual view of the left and right eyes. In the case of the shirt, the shirts are to be juxtaposed without seams, and there may be a gap between 彳m or several virtual observer windows for the left eye and one or several virtual observer windows for the right eye. Care must be taken that the higher diffracting level of the virtual observer window does not overlap with other virtual observer windows. A simple example of a beam splitter is a parallax barrier containing black stripes with a transmissive field between the black stripes, as in the φ inner valley described in US 2_223 (four) cap. Another example is a lenticular sheet, such as the inner valley described in US 2004/223049. The beam splitter 70 (4) - the side is the lens array smoothing shield. In a tight-to-full-image display towel, it is typically possible to have a beam splitter element lightly, whereas a typical 10 mm-sized virtual observer window is only enough to provide one eye, which is not in line with the average viewer having two eyes and is about 1 apart. 〇 cents. However, more time can be used: n as an alternative to spatial multiplexing. In the absence of space multiplex, there is no need to use a beam splitter element. 47 200845698 Workers, like Jin also: use in the generation of color hologram reconstruction. For spatial color, many images are grouped into groups, and each group contains red. These groups are spatially divided into 5 forces _ 1 and Xue color first-, Λ 器, and simultaneously illuminate red, green, and sculpt. Each ^^ group will benefit from the hologram calculated by the color element corresponding to the target, and the gradual mother group reconstructs the color element of its holographic target reconstruction. 5) Time multiplexes The same two Γ Γ , 峨 峨 峨 峨 峨 峨 峨 峨 峨 峨 。 。 。 。 。 This can be re-encoded space material by (4) when it is built. Fine (4) The virtual 1 Ding and Beishi 4 in her plane are juxtaposed without seams. If the multiplex is enough to touch, that is, the complete period is greater than 25 Hz, _ will see the continuously expanding virtual observer window. Multiplex can also be used to create virtual observer windows for the left and right eyes. In such a situation =, ', no seam juxtaposition is required, and there may be a gap between one or several virtual viewing bay windows for the left eye and one or several virtual observer windows for the right eye. Such multiplexing can be space or time multiplex. Multiplexes of mouth, = and time can also be combined. As an example, three virtual observer windows are space multiplexed to create an expanded virtual observer window for the eye. This expanded virtual observer window is time multiplexed to produce an expanded virtual viewing window for the left eye 48 200845698 and an expanded virtual observer window for the right _. #,,舄要,~ The higher diffraction level of the virtual observer window does not overlap with other virtual observer windows. For the expansion of the virtual observation window, the multiplex is more recommended than the spatial light modulator, because it provides an expanded virtual observer window with continuous changes in parallax for observer movement. In simple terms, multiplex without re-encoding will provide duplicate content in different parts of the expanded virtual chain observer window. π 1 Xigong can also be used in the generation of color hologram reconstruction. For the three color elements, the color is called the color, and it will be encoded on the spatial light modulator. The three light sources α / , the two light fades into the upper re-encoding and switch at the same time. If the repeat of the full cycle is _ (four) fast, ie greater than 25 Ηζ, the eye will see a continuous color reconstruction. 6) Undesired processing of the higher diffraction class, if the larger virtual weave window is pieced together by a smaller virtual observer window, the 'virtual weaving of the sacred window' will be possible in other virtual observer windows. Disturbing crosstalk occurs unless there are steps to avoid this problem. As an example, if each virtual observer is expected to be in the zeroth diffraction class of the Fourier transform of the spatial finer coded information, the virtual observer window's first wrap 49 200845698 virtual observer windows overlap. Such an overlap may disturb the background of I. If the unwanted image intensity exceeds the required image intensity by about 5/〇, this will likely change the axis_display. In such cases, it tends to compensate or suppress higher diffraction classes. • If the sum of the & spatial light modulators is not the same, a fixed SHA filter can be used. If this is not the case, the beam splitter component (such as the beam pointing component) is located after the spatial light modulation. The specified angular filter is available for the cloth II (Bragg filt_ is the Fabry Petra ruler (4)^ Perot Etalon) ° In the spatial light modulation H produces geometric light intensity distribution with unwanted diffraction class In this case, the Bragg filter imaging optics can be used to correct the geometric light intensity distribution, as described, for example, in us 5,153,670. The Braggs omnidirectional light - the material can be dispensed with and without the use of this component. Figure 7 shows the Wei of the omni-directional holographic optical component. In the strong towel, 7G is a spatial light modulator, 71 is a holographic optical element Bragg, including a Bragg plane, such as a Bragg plane 74. A single component on the spatial light modulator 7〇? 3 Provide the diffraction light intensity distribution as shown in the figure. The light 76, which is diffracted by the spatial light modulator 7G, is recorded in the optical element 71 and then transmitted in the direction of _G and 71. If the ray 76 ray direction is between 7G and 71 is not 200845698 first class diffracted light, it can be easily seen that the Bragg filter 71 successfully changes the light to a different direction, so that it does not cause unwanted and may hinder the viewer For optically processed products, a typical viewer will be located approximately perpendicular to the direction of 70. In the patent application f Tiger DE 10 2〇〇6 _ 5〇3, an adjustable granule and embossing gauge for suppressing the squad is mentioned. The prepared (four) coatings share the liquid crystal layer between the coplanar glass sheets of the reflective coating. For each reflection of the coated beam, the beam is partially reflected and partially read. The dryness of the transmitted beam and the phase difference between them will determine whether the interference is the construction of the county (four), such as the description of the standard cap in the Fabri. More than one wavelength, interference and transmission will change with the angle of incidence of the beam. And, given a direction of light propagation, the interference can be changed by changing the liquid crystal for a given direction. Folding is caused by the electric field applied to the liquid crystal layer. Among all the restrictions of the ί regulation, the angular transmission is similar to Γ and the thief shoots. For example, the reflection of the right-handed ruler is the most healthy and first class of the slave class. In the J can be different - the second class and the higher class are expected to be entangled, and the money is arbitrarily (four), and the money is said to be in the order of the loading level, and the root is transmitted or reflected. The spatial filter can be set in the space transitioner to be used in the selection of the diffraction class between the 200845698 spatial light modulator and the virtual virtual observer window, and contains transparent and opaque areas. These space bots can be used to deliver the desired diffraction level and block unwanted windings. These (4) are difficult or configurable. For example: set in the space light tone Wei and the interesting observer window _ electronic address space light modulator can be used as a settable space transition. 7) Eye Tracking In the close combination of an electronically addressed spatial light modulator with eye tracking and a compact, compact source of light, the eye can be positioned as an observer's eye position. Therefore, the '- or several virtual observer windows can be automatically set in the eye position so that the observer can see the reconstructed object through the virtual viewing window. However, because of the additional equipment requirements and the power wire limitation that affects the performance, it is not Wei Shi, especially the portable wire. No tracking' Observers must adjust the position of the display themselves. This is very easy to do 'because in the young patch, the tight crane may be included in the personal digital assistant or the mobile phone display [personal digital assistant or mobile phone = usually, vertically Watching the display is not too helpful for adjusting the virtual observer window to the position of the user's eyes. As is known to all, the user of the hand-held device tends to change the orientation of the device on hand, calling the most desirable viewing state as the content disclosed in the side liner 41. : This, at 52 200845698 = device!,: does not require the user's eye and complex and does not tighten bribes. (4) her gift, such as, clothing, Lu, additional demand for injury and power will not cause excessive burden. Under the condition of postal conditions, the electronic address space optical modulator and the coherent ‘-Ί and source are tightly combined, and a virtual observer window large enough is needed to simplify the display. The better virtual observer window size should be the size of the pupil of the eye. This can be a single-large virtual observer of the gamma-small gap shaver - to 4 or 疋 by a small number of small-space spatial light modulators. Virtual view. Patchwork window patchwork. The position of the virtual fiber viewer window is determined by the position of the light source in the array of light sources. The eye is placed in the position of her position, and the position of the slave is set so that the virtual observer window fits the position of the eye. This type of tracking is described in US 2G_55994 and US 2006/250671. Alternatively, the virtual observer window can be moved when the light source is in a fixed position. Silk tracking requires Wei Yuguang, who is not sensitive to spatial light modulation H. If the light source is moved to move the virtual view (4) bribe position, because there may be abnormal light transmission in the tightly mixed towel, such a setting will be able to display the current situation of the compact light source and the spatial light modulator. Tightly combined, in such an example 53 200845698 and as the last optical component in the display, it would be helpful to point the beam to the component in the light path that shows nt with the gorge. The beam pointing element is shown in Figure 2 and Figure XX. This beam pointing component changes the beam z__#2 and has the _X and y tracking. The optical characteristics of the lens can be controlled. For example, Figure 20 and One or both of the beam and the 兀 element can be applied to a single device. The beam core 70 is (4) the component can be controlled by the arbitrage component. The controllable refracting 70 can include filling the liquid crystal _ 瞒 column The liquid crystal is in the matrix of the isotropic line '' and the sub-electrical rate. The cavity has the shape of a 稜鏡 or a lens. The electric field controls the effective refractive index of the liquid crystal and thus helps the beam to be directed. The electric field can be varied between components. To produce a beam directing characteristic that varies between components. As shown in Fig. 20, the electric field is applied between the electrodes of the coffee. The liquid crystal has a single-injection and can be selected so that the light of the straight is transferred to the main The refractive index of the gambling thief "matrix". The rest of the setting 'can be obtained from the conventional technology. The host material has an isotropic refractive index. If the optical axis of the liquid crystal is made along the z direction, the appropriate electric field application as shown in Fig. , flattened along the Z direction A wave, when it passes through a beam pointing element, does not have refraction because it does not encounter any change in the refractive index perpendicular to its Poynting vector. However, if an electric field is applied to the electrode, the liquid crystal The optical axis is perpendicular to the z-direction, propagating along the z-direction is a plane wave that is biased parallel to the optical axis, and when it passes through the beam to the element, it will encounter the most refraction, 54 200845698 because it is available along the system The direction of the polarization, which undergoes the most possible change in refractive index. The refraction _ degree will be adjustable between the extreme examples by selecting the appropriate electric field applied to the host material. Job, __ tow pointing.
圖二十-顯稍於絲細合適的稜形。如驗糾光軸是沿著ZFigure 20 - Appropriate to the finer prismatic shape. If the correction axis is along Z
方向排列’如圖二十-所示的適當電場應用,沿著z方向傳播的 扣波,當錄過光束编元件賴^有折射發生,因為它並 j在它的偏化方向遇到任何的折射率變化。然而,如果電子領 域是應用橫越電極如此的液晶光軸是與z方向垂直的,平面波傳 播沿著Z方向這個是被偏化平行於光軸將經驗最麵折射因為它 通過光束指向元件,因為它經驗最多可能的折射率系統可提供變 化垂直的匕的波映廷向量(p〇ynting 。The direction of the arrangement is as shown in Figure 20 - Appropriate electric field application, the pinch wave propagating along the z direction, when the recorded beam element is refracted, because it and j encounter any in its polarization direction The refractive index changes. However, if the electronic field is to apply a traversing electrode such that the liquid crystal axis is perpendicular to the z-direction, the plane wave propagates along the Z-direction. This is biased parallel to the optical axis to distort the empirical surface because it is directed through the beam to the element because It has the most probable refractive index system available to provide a wave-squared vector (p〇ynting) that varies vertical.
場而進行調整 然而’如果施加電場在電極上,使得液晶的光軸是垂直於Z方向, 沿耆Z方向傳舰飢平行於細辭面波,計魏光束扑向 元件時,將遭縣麵娜,因為它賴最録直它⑽統報 供的)波映廷向量(poynting vec㈣的可能折射率變化。折射的程度 料在這兩個極端例子之間,藉由選擇施加在主體材料的適當ς 8)範例 55 200845698 接著將描述-㈣子式定址郎_魏與充份同雛緊密 型光源的緊合_子,此組合_在適當賴明情況下產生 三維圖像’献可設置於個人滅紐__对。電子式定 址空間光調變贿紐_輯_光源的緊密組合包含作為光 源陣列的有機發光二極體顯示器、電子式定址空間光調變器與透 鏡陣列,如圖十二所示。 取決於虛擬觀察員視t(在計二中以㈣代表)的位置需 求,會啟動有機發光二極體顯示財的特定像素。這些像素照射 電子式定址空間光調變器’並且藉由透鏡_成像在觀察員平 面。透鏡_的每個透鏡至少—轉素在有機發光二極體顯示器 中被啟動起來。在賴給定的財大小,蝴_距為2〇师, 可追取到帶有4〇0μηι橫向增量的虛擬觀察員視窗。這樣的追縱是 準連績的。 有機發光二極體像素是具有部分空間_性的光源。部分的 同調性會產生目標闕模_錢。在繪圖給定的尺寸大小,如 果像素寬度為2〇微米,在雜晌⑽亳米的咖會產生帶 有微米的橫向模糊的重建。這對於人類視覺系統的解析度是 足夠的。 56 200845698 一通過透鏡_的砰透鏡的光,並沒有明_共同同調性。 同調性的需求是限制至透鏡_的每—個單—透鏡。因此,重 目標點的解析度是由透鏡__縣決定。騎人類視覺系统 而言,典獅透鏡咖將為丨絲階級,以保證充份解析度。、如 果有機發光二減_是2G微米,這表树鏡咖與有機發光二 極體間距的比值為5G:1。如果每—個透鏡僅有單—個有機發光二 極體被綠’這麵每5〇Λ2=2,5(χ)械發光二域巾,僅有一個 有機發光二極體將被照亮。因此,此顯示器將為低功率顯示器。 在此所指的全像顯示與傳財機發光二極之間的差異是 前者集中絲觀看者的鴨,反讀者發縣至2π球面度。傳2 的有機發光—減齡||實現約i,麵ed/mA2的發光度,(發明者 於實作中計算)’反之在實務上,照射型有機發光二極_能實現 L⑻0 cd/mA2發光度的數倍。 虛擬觀察員視窗是限制在空間光調變器中編碼資訊的傅立葉 頻潛的—個繞射階級。如果空間光調變器的像素間距是並 且需要兩娜素來編碼—倾數,即如果在她觀電子式定址 1間光凋變器上使用2相位編碼,在soonm的波長,虛擬觀察員 視窗會有lGmm寬的寬度。虛擬觀耗視窗可_空間或時間多 工,將數個虛擬觀察員視窗拼湊成擴大的虛擬觀察員視窗。在空 間多工的情況下,需要額外的光學元件,如光束分光鏡。 57 200845698 …彩色全像重建可由時間多工來實現。彩色有機發光二極體顯 不15的紅色’綠色及藍色像素是利用具有對紅色,綠色及藍色光 學波長計算的全像_空間光調㈣的同步重編碼來相ς也啟 顯示器可包含眼部位置偵測器,用以债測觀察員的眼睛位 置。眼部位置_器連接控制有機發光二極體顯示器的像 的控制單你。 ’、'别 —在空間光婦紅編·全像_計算最好是料部的編碼 單兀來執行,因為它需要較高的計魏力。顯村料會接著送至 個人數位助理或行動電話,以顯示全像產生的三維圖像。 對於實務上的例子,可使用由Sany() (rtm) Ε_Adjust the field however, 'If the electric field is applied to the electrode, so that the optical axis of the liquid crystal is perpendicular to the Z direction, the ship hunger is parallel to the fine surface wave along the 耆Z direction, and the Wei beam will be hit by the county. Na, because it relies on the most direct recording of the possible refractive index changes of the Poynting vec (four). The degree of refraction is expected between these two extreme examples, by choosing the appropriate material to apply to the host material. ς 8) Example 55 200845698 Next, we will describe the - (4) sub-location of Lang _ Wei and the close-knit _ sub-sense of the same source, this combination _ produces a three-dimensional image in the appropriate case. Kill New Zealand __ right. The electronically-addressed spatial light-changing brigade_series_the close combination of light sources includes an organic light-emitting diode display as an array of light sources, an electronic address space light modulator and a lens array, as shown in FIG. Depending on the location requirements of the virtual observer (indicated by (4) in the second), the specific pixels of the organic light-emitting diode display are activated. These pixels illuminate the electronically addressed spatial light modulator' and are imaged by the lens on the observer plane. At least each of the lenses of the lens_ is activated in the organic light emitting diode display. In the given size of the wealth, the _ distance is 2 〇, can be traced to the virtual observer window with 4 〇 0μηι lateral increment. Such a memorial is a quasi-continuation. An organic light emitting diode pixel is a light source having a partial spatial symmetry. Part of the homology will produce a target model _ money. In drawing a given size, if the pixel width is 2 〇 micron, the coffee in the mash (10) 亳 meters will produce a reconstruction with a lateral blur of the micrometer. This is sufficient for the resolution of the human visual system. 56 200845698 A light passing through the lens of the lens _ does not have a common symmetry. The need for coherence is limited to every single lens of the lens_. Therefore, the resolution of the target point is determined by the lens __ county. In terms of riding the human visual system, the lion lens coffee will be the silk class to ensure full resolution. If the organic luminescence minus _ is 2G micron, the ratio of the distance between the lens and the organic light emitting diode is 5G:1. If each lens has only a single organic light-emitting diode to be green, this is every 5〇Λ2=2,5 (χ), and only one organic light-emitting diode will be illuminated. Therefore, this display will be a low power display. The difference between the holographic display referred to here and the light-emitting diode of the money-transmitting machine is that the former concentrates the viewer of the silk viewer, and the counter-reader sends the county to the 2π steradian. Pass 2 organic light-reducing age||Improve the luminosity of i, face ed/mA2, (calculated by the inventor in practice), and vice versa, in practice, the illuminating organic light-emitting diode can achieve L(8)0 cd/mA2 Several times the luminosity. The virtual observer window is a diffractive class that limits the Fourier frequency of the information encoded in the spatial light modulator. If the pixel pitch of the spatial light modulator is and requires two-dimensional encoding - the number of tilts, that is, if the 2-phase encoding is used on the light-transfer device of her view, the virtual observer window will have a wavelength at the soonm lGmm wide width. The virtual view window can be _ space or time multiplexed, and several virtual observer windows are pieced together into an expanded virtual observer window. In the case of space multiplex, additional optical components, such as beam splitters, are required. 57 200845698 ... Color hologram reconstruction can be achieved by time multiplexing. The red-green and blue pixels of the color organic light-emitting diode display 15 are synchronized by re-encoding with the holographic-space light tone (four) calculated for the red, green and blue optical wavelengths. An eye position detector for measuring the position of the observer's eyes. The eye position _ device is connected to the control unit of the image of the organic light-emitting diode display. ', 'Do not - in the space light woman red series · hologram _ calculation is best to encode the material part of the single 兀 to perform, because it requires a higher count Wei Li. The display will then be sent to a personal digital assistant or mobile phone to display a three-dimensional image of the full image. For practical examples, use Sany() (rtm) Ε_
Imagmg Devices Corporation of Japan Z6 XGA液晶顯示器電子式定址空間光調變器。次像素的間距為 Π,。如果缺制綠、全侧示的_,彻全像圖的振 幅现在距離電子式定址郎光調魏Mm的地方,觀察 視窗根據_ L3mm寬。對於單色的情況,觀_根據轉 為4麵寬。如果使用相同的設定,但是改用2相位編碼的相位調 58 200845698 變,觀察視窗根據計算為6mm寬。如果使用相同的設定,但是改 用基諾形式(Kmoform)編碼的相位調變,觀察視窗根據計算為 12mm 寬。 此外,仍具有其它種高解析度的電子式定址空間光調變器。Imagmg Devices Corporation of Japan Z6 XGA LCD electronically positioned spatial light modulator. The pitch of the sub-pixels is Π,. If the green is missing and the _ is shown on the full side, the amplitude of the hologram is now from the electronic location of the Lang Guang Wei Wei Mm, and the observation window is _ L3mm wide. In the case of a single color, the view_ is converted to a width of 4 faces. If the same setting is used, but the phase modulation of the 2 phase encoding is changed to 200845698, the observation window is calculated to be 6 mm wide. If the same settings are used, but the phase modulation of the Kmoform encoding is used, the viewing window is calculated to be 12 mm wide. In addition, there are other high resolution electronic address space optical modulators.
Seiko (RTM) Epson (RTM) Corporation of Japan 已發表單色電子式 定址空間光調變器,例如D4:L3D13U 1·3英吋螢幕尺寸且像素間 距為15μιη的面板。此公司也發表了同類型的面板 D5:L3D09U-61G00,具有〇·9英吋螢幕尺寸及1〇μηι的像素間距。 於西兀2006年12月12日,此公司公告發表同類型的面板 L3D07U-81G00,具有0.7英吋螢幕尺寸及8·5μηι的像素間距。如 果D4:L3D13U 1.3英吋面板用於建構單色的全像顯示,並採用全 像的布克哈特(Burckhardt)振幅調變編碼,則距離電子式定址空間 光調變器0.4m的位置,虛擬觀察員視窗可計算出為5·6_寬。 D ·成對的電子式定址空間光調變器的緊密組合 在另一個實施例中,可以依序及緊密的方式,利用二個電子 式定址空間光調變器的組合來調變光的振幅及相位。所以,包含 振幅及相位的複數,可以逐一像素的方式,編碼於傳送光中。 這個實施例包含二個電子式定址空間光調變器的緊密組合。 59 200845698 第一個電子式定址空間光調變器調變傳送光的振幅,第二個電子 式定址空縣觀n調變傳送光的相位。也可以第—個電子^ 址空間光觀器_舰光_位,第二_子式定址= 變器調變傳送光幅。每—_子式定址空間細變轉可如c β伤所為述-樣。除了採用二個電子式定址空間光調變界之外 整體的配置可如同C部份所描述的—樣。任何相當於是幫助振幅 及相位的獨立調變的其它種二個電子式定址空間光調變器調 性的任意組合都是可能的。 、 在第-步驟中,第一電子式定址空間光調變器利用圖樣編 馬1進行振幅觀。在第—步财,第二電子式定址空間 變器利關樣編碼,以進行相位調變。從第二電子式定址* 調變器所傳送的光已經於振幅及相位上進行調變,因此^齡 貝士觀察裝置這二個電子式定址空間光調變器的裝置所發射的二 時,可觀察到三維圖像。 數值的表現,電子 此實施例可用於產 基於習用相位與振幅的調變技術促進複數 式定址空間光調變器可具有高解析度。因此, 生全像圖來使得三維圖像可由觀察員觀察到。 用於提供平面區域的 圖十三為一個實施例。130是照明裝置, 200845698 照明,其巾照暇具有充份賴雛崎賴纽三侧像。在 US 2006/250671提及一個用於大_影像全像圖的照明裝置例 子’其中-_子是在_中。如同⑽的裝置可為白光光源陣 列的形式,例如冷陰極螢紐或發㈣猶人射錢㈣統上的 -白紐光二極體’其中聚㈣統可為緊密的,如透鏡狀陣列或微 *透鏡陣列。或者,·13()的光源可由紅、綠及藍雷射所組成, 妓發出紐_性触紅、綠域發光二極體所组成。紅、綠 _及藍發光二極體可為錢發光二極體(OLEDs)L具有充份空 間同雛的非雷射光源(例如:發光二極體,有機發光二極體,冷 陰極螢統)是紐的。雷縣_缺點,像是在全聽建上造成 ^射斑點、相對上較為昂責以及所錢於傷害全像顯示觀看者或 疋進打全像顯示裝置組裝工作人員的眼睛等可能的安全問題。 鲁 it件13G可包含-個或兩個稜鏡光學膜來增加顯示器的亮 * 度.每樣的膜是已知的,例如在US 5,056,892與US 5,919,551中 所描述_容。元件13G可包含偏光元件,或是偏光元件的集合。 線性偏光薄片是其中-個例子。另外一個例子是反射式偏光片, 可傳送-個線性偏化狀態,並且反射正交線性偏化狀態_這樣的 薄歧已知的,例如在us 5,828,488中所描述的内容。另一侧 子是反射式偏光片,可傳送—個圓形偏化狀態,並且反射正交圓 形偏化狀態•這樣_肢已知的,例如在US6,i8i,395中所描 200845698 t 述的内容。元件13G可包含聚減統,此聚減統可為緊密的, 例如透鏡縛贼微透辦列。元件13G可包含其它在f光科技 的領域中已知的光學元件。 元件130的厚度可約為數公分,或是更低。在較佳的實作中, 元件130 134的厚度全部是小於3公分的,以提供充份同調性的緊 您光源。元件131可為色軸濾鱗列,使縣色光線(例如紅色、 綠色及藍色_像素是㈣元件132,儘f如果個彩色光源, 色彩過濾H是不需要的。元件132是電子式定址空間細變器。 元件133是電子式定址空間光調㈣。元件134是非必要的光束 分光鏡元件。對於傳钱,元件132調變振幅而元件133調變相 2。或是’由元件133觀振幅而元件132調變相位。將電子式 定址空間光調變器132及133靠近能夠減少光學耗損及因光束分 歧而產生的像素串音問題:當電子式定址空間光調變器说及⑶ 是非常靠近的,可實現通過電子歧址帥光織H的彩色光線 光束的非重s傳播的較佳近似值。位於點⑶離包括緊密全像圖 產生器_妓—些距離峨看者,可從136的 維圖像。 巧一 62 200845698 體連接可為直接的。或是間接的,如果有_中卿,覆芸在相 鄰層之間_。實體連接可_在確保正確_互射彳的7區域 中’或是可延伸至較大的區域,甚至層的整個表面。實體連接可 由層與層的黏接來實現,例域由使用光學傳送膠黏劑的方式, 以便形成«的全像圖產生器136,或是藉由其它任何的方&表 考概要製造程序部份)。 夕 在電子式定址空間細變ϋ執行振幅調變處,在典型的設定 中’入射m胃取光學光束將會藉由將光束通過線性偏光片來達到 線性偏化。振幅霞是由在施加電場巾液晶職轉所控制,施加 電場會影響光的偏錄態。在這樣職置巾,賴電子式定址空 間光調變器的光會通過另—個線性偏光片,可因光的偏化狀態改 變而減少強度,如同它通子式定址郎光輕器時一樣。 在電子式定址郎光婦錄行她調·,轉它們已處 於定義的線性偏化狀態’在典型的設定中,人㈣讀取光學光束 將會藉,由將光束通過雜偏光片來達觀性偏化。她調變是由 電場的應闕㈣’電場會料光的相位錢。在她調變的一 個例子中’制向列翻位液晶,光軸方向是間關定的,但是 雙折射疋加力:!%壓的函數。在相位調變的—個例子中,使用鐵電 性液B曰’雙折射是固定的’但是光軸的方向是祕加賴所控制。 63 200845698 在相位調變f作巾,朗射任—種方法,輪出絲與為施加電 塵函數的輸人光束會具有相位差。可執行相位調變的液晶元件的 ^中-侧子奸eederieksz元件制,在射使用了具有正介電 質異方向性的向列型液晶的反平行排列區域,如同在哪,奶,817 所描述的内容。 ’ ’ 贿㈣全細示的緊倾合,包含兩個則、分隔或最小分 方式、、、σ Ό的電子式定址空間光調_。較佳的實施方式是兩個 工間光峨n具有相同數量的像素。@為兩個電子式定址空間光 周义對於觀祭員來說並不是等距離的,兩個電子式定址空間光 周麦的像素間距可能需要稱稱的不同(但會仍舊大相叉相同),來補 ^不同距_於觀察員所造成的影響。已通過第-空間光調變器 的像素的光,會通過第二空間光調變器對應的像素。因此,光是 • 會經由,並且可獨立地實賴雜的振幅 ,=相位調變。舉—個例子H間光調變器進行振幅調變,而 第一空間光調變器進行相位調變。同樣地,任何相當於是幫助振 中田及相位的獨立調變的其它種二個空間光調變器調變特性的任音 組合都是可能的。 Μ 必而注意,通過第一空間光調變器的像素的光,只能通過第 二間光调變器對應的像素。如果從第一空間光調變器像素射出 64 200845698 1光’通過第二空間光調變n非對應、鄰近的像素時,串音將會 u。沒些串音可能會導致圖像品質降低的問題。在此提供四個 在縣間最小化串音問題的可能方法。由習用的技術可顯而易見 的這些方法可同樣的應用於㈣份實施例。 ·♦ -⑴第-個最簡單的方法是直接將調整像素後的_空間光調 鲁k盗連結或黏接在一起。在第-空間光調變器的像素,可能合有 引起辆離傳制繞射現象。郎光調魏之_分隔必足 約的至第二空間光調變轉近像素之間的串音到達可接受 的私度。舉-侧子,具有1G _像素間距的兩個電子式定址* 間光調變_隔,必須小於或等於職_的等級。這在傳: 錢的空間光調變器中是幾乎不可能實現的,因為_蓋的厚产 即為lmm的等級。當然,能使空間光調變器之間具有薄的分 •的”三明治”方式,是較推薦進行在-個程序當中。可應用概要= - 辩部份所描述的製造方法,來製作包含兩個間隔距離报錢最 小的電子式定址空間光調變器的裝置。 圖十四顯示由狹縫1〇μηι寬的繞射計算而得的菲科繞射數 據圖表,在二賴型中變化離狹縫的距離,縱鱗slit(z),ςSeiko (RTM) Epson (RTM) Corporation of Japan has published a monochrome electronic address space optical modulator, such as a D4:L3D13U 1·3 inch screen size with a pixel pitch of 15 μm. The company also published the same type of panel D5: L3D09U-61G00, with a 9-inch screen size and 1 〇 μηι pixel pitch. On December 12, 2006, the company announced the same type of panel L3D07U-81G00 with a 0.7-inch screen size and a pixel pitch of 8·5μηι. If the D4:L3D13U 1.3 inch panel is used to construct a monochrome holographic display and uses the holographic Burckhardt amplitude modulation code, the distance from the electronically addressed spatial light modulator is 0.4m. The virtual observer window can be calculated to be 5·6_ wide. D. Close Combination of Paired Electronic Address Space Light Modulators In another embodiment, the combination of two electronically addressed spatial light modulators can be used to modulate the amplitude of the light in a sequential and compact manner. And phase. Therefore, a complex number including amplitude and phase can be encoded in the transmitted light pixel by pixel. This embodiment includes a close combination of two electronically addressed spatial light modulators. 59 200845698 The first electronically addressed spatial light modulator modulates the amplitude of the transmitted light, and the second electronically addressed empty county observes the phase of the transmitted light. It is also possible to transmit the optical amplitude by the first electronic address space optical viewer _ ship light _ bit, the second _ sub-address address = transformer modulation. The fine change of each -_ sub-address space can be described as c β injury. In addition to the use of two electronic addressing spaces, the overall configuration can be as described in Section C. Any combination of other two types of electronically addressed spatial light modulators that are equivalent to independent modulation of amplitude and phase is possible. In the first step, the first electronically addressed spatial light modulator uses the pattern to encode the amplitude of the image. In the first step, the second electronic address space variable is coded for phase modulation. The light transmitted from the second electronic address* modulator has been modulated in amplitude and phase, so that the two electronically addressed spatial light modulators of the Ages Observer are emitting two o'clock, A three-dimensional image can be observed. Numerical Performance, Electronics This embodiment can be used to facilitate the use of conventional phase and amplitude modulation techniques to facilitate the high resolution of a complex addressed spatial light modulator. Therefore, the hologram is generated to make the three-dimensional image observable by the observer. Figure 13 for providing a planar area is an embodiment. 130 is the lighting device, 200845698 lighting, and its towel photo has a full complement of the three sides of the image. An example of a lighting device for a large _image hologram is mentioned in US 2006/250671 where the -_ is in _. The device like (10) may be in the form of a white light source array, such as a cold cathode fluorescent or a hairpin (four) a sinister (four) unified white-light diode [wherein the poly (four) system may be compact, such as a lenticular array or micro * Lens array. Alternatively, the light source of ·13() may be composed of red, green and blue lasers, and is composed of a neon-sensitive red-green and green-domain light-emitting diode. The red, green, and blue light-emitting diodes can be non-laser light sources with sufficient space for the light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) (eg, light-emitting diodes, organic light-emitting diodes, cold cathode fluorescent systems) ) is New Zealand. Leixian _ shortcomings, such as the phenomenon of causing the spot on the full-hearing construction, relatively more blame, and the damage to the hologram shows the viewer or the eyes of the avatar display device assembly staff, etc. . The ruthenium 13G may comprise one or two 稜鏡 optical films to increase the brightness of the display. Each of the films is known, for example, as described in US 5,056,892 and US 5,919,551. Element 13G may comprise a polarizing element or a collection of polarizing elements. Linear polarizing sheets are one of them. Another example is a reflective polarizer that can transmit a linearly biased state and reflect the orthogonal linearly biased state _ such a thin profile is known, for example, as described in us 5,828,488. The other side is a reflective polarizer that transmits a circularly polarized state and reflects an orthogonal circularly polarized state. Such a known limb is known, for example, in US 6, i8i, 395, 200845698 t Content. The element 13G may comprise a poly-reduction system, which may be compact, such as a lens thief. Element 13G may comprise other optical elements known in the art of f-light technology. Element 130 can have a thickness of about a few centimeters or less. In a preferred implementation, the thickness of element 130 134 is all less than 3 cm to provide a tightly tuned source of light. The component 131 can be a color axis filter scale column, such that the county color light (eg, red, green, and blue_pixels are (four) elements 132. If a color light source is used, color filtering H is not required. Element 132 is electronically addressed. Space variator. Element 133 is an electronically addressed spatial light tone (4). Element 134 is an unnecessary beam splitter element. For the transfer of money, element 132 modulates the amplitude and element 133 modulates phase 2. Or 'is amplified by element 133 The component 132 is modulated in phase. The proximity of the electronic address spatial modulators 132 and 133 can reduce optical loss and pixel crosstalk caused by beam divergence: when the electronic address space optical modulator says (3) is very Closer, a better approximation of the non-heavy s-propagation of the colored light beam through the electronically identifiable woven fabric H can be achieved. The point (3) is located at a point (3) away from the close hologram generator _妓 - some distance 峨, from 136 The image of the dimension. Qiaoyi 62 200845698 The body connection can be direct or indirect, if there is _zhongqing, the 芸 between the adjacent layers _. The physical connection can be _ in the correct _ mutual 彳 7 'in the area' or deferrable To a larger area, even the entire surface of the layer. The physical connection can be achieved by layer-to-layer bonding, by way of optical transmission of adhesive, to form a hologram generator 136, or to borrow The program is manufactured by any other party & At the point where the electronically addressed space is fine-tuned and amplitude modulation is performed, in a typical setting, the 'injected m-stomped optical beam will be linearly polarized by passing the beam through a linear polarizer. The amplitude Xia is controlled by the application of the electric field to the liquid crystal job, and the applied electric field affects the bias state of the light. In such a position, the light of the electronically-addressed spatial light modulator will pass through another linear polarizer, which can reduce the intensity due to the change of the polarization state of the light, as it is when the localized Langguang lighter is used. . In the electronic positioning Lang Guang women recorded her tune, they have been in a defined linearly biased state 'in a typical setting, the human (four) reading optical beam will borrow, by the beam through the hybrid polarizer to achieve visibility Partialization. Her modulation is caused by the electric field's response (four)' electric field will be the phase of the money. In one example of her modulation, the nematic reticular liquid crystal is tuned, and the direction of the optical axis is definite, but the birefringence 疋 is a function of the %% pressure. In the case of phase modulation, the use of ferroelectric B 曰 'birefringence is fixed' but the direction of the optical axis is controlled by the Guardian. 63 200845698 In the phase modulation f, the method is a method in which the wheel and the input beam for applying the dust function have a phase difference. The liquid crystal element can be phase-modulated, and the middle-side squad eederieksz element is used in the anti-parallel arrangement of nematic liquid crystals having a positive dielectric anisotropy, as in the case, milk, 817 Described content. The squatting of the bribe (4), including the two, the separation or the minimum division method, and the σ Ό electronic address space light tone _. A preferred embodiment is that the two workspaces have the same number of pixels. @为 two electronic address space Guang Zhouyi is not equidistant for the spectator, the pixel spacing of the two electronically-addressed space Guangmai may need to be called different (but will still be the same) , to make up ^ different distance _ the impact caused by the observer. The light that has passed through the pixels of the first-space optical modulator passes through the pixels corresponding to the second spatial light modulator. Therefore, the light is • will pass, and can independently depend on the amplitude, = phase modulation. As an example, the inter-H optical modulator performs amplitude modulation, and the first spatial optical modulator performs phase modulation. Similarly, any combination of the modulation characteristics of the other two spatial light modulators that are equivalent to the independent modulation of the vibrating field and phase is possible.必 It must be noted that the light passing through the pixels of the first spatial light modulator can only pass through the pixels corresponding to the second optical modulator. If the pixel is emitted from the first spatial light modulator 64 200845698 1 light 'transforms n non-corresponding, adjacent pixels through the second spatial light, the crosstalk will be u. No crosstalk can cause problems with reduced image quality. Four possible ways to minimize crosstalk problems between counties are provided here. These methods, which are apparent from the conventional techniques, can be equally applied to (four) embodiments. · ♦ - (1) The easiest way to do this is to directly connect or glue together the _space lights after adjusting the pixels. In the pixels of the first-space optical modulator, it may be possible to cause the phenomenon of off-transmission diffraction. Lang Guangwei Wei Zhi _ separation must be enough to the second space light to change the crosstalk between the pixels to an acceptable degree of privacy. Lift-side, two electronic addressing with 1G _ pixel spacing * Inter-optical modulation _ interval, must be less than or equal to the level of job_. This is almost impossible to achieve in the space-space light modulator of the money, because the thick cover of the _ cover is the level of lmm. Of course, a "sandwich" approach that enables a thin split between spatial light modulators is more recommended in a program. Applicable Summary = - The manufacturing method described in the Debate section is used to create an electronically addressed spatial light modulator with two minimum distances. Figure 14 shows the Fico's diffraction data graph calculated by the diffraction of the slit 1〇μηι width, changing the distance from the slit in the binary type, the vertical scale slit(z), ς
Slit(x)。均勻糾的狹縫是位在χ軸上_5㈣到+5师之間,並且γ 為零微米。光傳送媒介被用來獲得ls的折射率,為用於緊密裝置ζ 65 200845698 的典型媒介。選定的光為具有633 nm真空波長的紅光。綠色與藍 找長比紅色光小,因輯於紅色柄計算,在三_色紅、綠 及藍當卜展現出最強的繞射影響。可以使用⑸赠化 Technology (RTM) corp·,Needham,崎,的產品施齡^ • (RTM)㈣純行計算。圖十五_麵的強度料狹縫中心上 • 1〇μΠ1見範圍内’為離狹縫距離的函數。在距離狹缝2〇μιη的地方, 目十五顯示大於鄕的強度健在狹_丨一寬的範圍内。因 •此,在這個二維模型中,小於撕的像素強度會入射在每一個鄰近 的像素上。在像素間零邊界寬醜制情況下輯算結果。實 際在像素_邊界寬是大於零的,因此串音_在真實系統中會 低於謹所#的絲。在針四巾,菲科繞賴接近狹縫, 例如離狹缝5一 ’並且#點近似在狹_高_強度函數。因 此’沒有寬的繞射特徵接近狹缝。寬的繞射特徵是高帽型函數的 參遠場繞射函數的特性’此為習用已知的sinc squared函數。寬的繞 -射特徵可由圖十四中距離狹縫3〇〇μπι的例子觀察到。這指出了 ^ 射效應可彻將兩個電子式定址空間細變綠置的足夠接近來 控制,而邱兩個電子式定址空間光調變器設置的非常接近的一 個優點是繞射數據圖表的函數型式,會由遠場特性改變至較有效 率包含接近垂直於狹縫的軸的光的函數型式。這個優點是與習用 全像技術的想法树背的,的技術會傾向認為在光通過空間 光調變器的小孔徑時,會引起強的、大的及不可避免的繞射效應。 66 200845698 因此,習用的技術不會有將兩個空間光調變器靠近在一起的動 機,會預期這樣的方式會導致必然發生且嚴重由繞射效應所引起 的像素串音問題。 圖^六顯示強度分佈的等高線圖,強度分佈為離狹缝距離的 函數:等vij線的標繪是在對數尺度上,而不是線性尺度。使用了 十條等n線’全部含括·強度因數範圍。對於的狹缝寬 又強度刀配大私度的邊界在距離狹縫大約的範圍内是清 楚的。 在進一步的實施例中,可減少第一電子式定址空間光調變器 的像素孔彳㈣域來減輕在第二電子式定址空間光調麵的串音問 題。 (2)第二個方法是在兩個空間光調變器之間使用透鏡陣列,如 圖十七所示。較好的方法是讓透鏡的數量和每一個空間光調變間 中的像素數量相等。兩個空間絲變器關距以及透鏡陣列的間 距可以輕微的不同,來補償觀察員的距離差距。每一個透鏡成像 第一空間光調變器的像素至第二空間光調變器對應的像素上,如 圖十七中大量光束171所示。也可能光會通過鄰近的透鏡造成串 音問題,如大量光束172所示。如果它的強度是足夠的低,或是 67 200845698 它的方向是充份的不同,使其無法到達虛擬觀察員視窗時,將可 被忽視。 每個透鏡的數值孔徑(Numericai Aperture,NA)必須足夠的 大,以成像具級崎度的像素。舉—_子,對於5卿的解析 度’需要約為0·2的數值孔徑(να)。這也表示如果假定是幾合光 學’如果空間光調變器與透鏡陣列的間距為1〇μηι,透鏡陣列與每 一空間光調變器之間的最大距離大約為25叫^。 也可能指派每個空間細變H的數個像素至賴_的一個 透鏡舉個例子,以第一空間光調變器的四個像素為一群,可 藉由透鏡陣列中的-個透鏡來成像到第二空間光調變器的一個由 四個像素所組成的群。這樣的透鏡_的透鏡數量會為每一個空 間光調變器中的像素數量的四分之―。如此可允許使賴高數值 孔控的透鏡,目料麟較聽财的雜像素。 (3)第三個方法是討騎減少第―電子式定址空調變器 的像素孔徑。從繞射的觀點來,第二空間光調魏由第—空間光 :變益的—個像素所照射的區域,是由第—電子式纽㈣光調 二的像素孔徑寬度0及繞射角所決定,如圖十八所示。在圖十 d兩個電子式定址空間光調變器之間的距離,而w是兩個 68 200845698 第一階級繞射最小值之間的距離,發生於第零階級最大值的任一 邊。這是假定為夫朗和斐(Fraunhofer)繞射,或是夫朗和斐繞射的 合理近似。 減少孔徑寬度D -方φ可減少照龍域中喊分的直接投射 的祀圍’如圖十八中的虛線所示。在另一方面,依照繞射角正比 於夫朗和斐繞射中的1/D ’繞射角會被增加。這增加了在第二電子 式定址空間光調變紅騎_的寬度w.照射區域的全部寬度為 w。在夫朗和斐繞射方法中,給予分隔d,D可被決定,並利用方 程式y = D + 2趟來最小化w ’此方程式是從夫朗和斐繞射中的 兩個第一階最小值之間的距離推得。 例如,如果λ是0.5 μηι,d是1〇〇_及w是2〇μηι,可得到d ^ ΙΟμηι的最小值。細在這_子巾,細和斐方法可能不會 是-個好的近似,這侧子制了使用電子式定址空間光調變二 之間的距離來控制夫朗和斐繞射方式中的繞射過程的原則。 (4)第四個方法額了光纖面板來成像第-空間光調變哭的像 素至第二空間光調變器的像素上。光纖面板是由二維排列的平行 先纖所構成。光纖的長度與也因此面板的厚度典型為數公羞,面 板表面的對角線長度是長至數英忖。舉—個例子,光纖的間距可 69 200845698 為 6μΜ。Edmund Optics lnc.0f Barrington,New Jersey,USA 有銷售 具有如此光纖間距的光纖面板。每一條光纖從它的其中一瑞引導 光至另一端。因此,在面板一端的圖像會被傳送至另一端,具有 问解析度且不用聚焦元件。這樣的面板可作為兩個空縣調變器 • 之間的分隔層,如圖十九所示。多模光纖較佳於單模光纖,因為 多模絲_合效率轉模光纖好。當规核㈣折射率與液晶 的折射率是相穩合時,會得到最佳的耦合效率,因為這可最小化 • 菲涅耳背向反射損失。 在兩個空間光調變器之間沒有額外的玻璃蓋。偏光片、電極 與配向層疋直接連接光纖面板。這些層每—個都是非常的薄,即 為l-ΙΟμιη的等級。因此,液晶(LC)層La與LC2是在靠近面板 的地方。通過第-空間細變器像素的光會被引導至第二空間光 • 調變器對應的像素。這可最小化鄰近像素的串音。面板傳送第一 — 空間光輕讀出端的光分佈至第二空間光調變器的輸入端。平 均而5,每個像素應至少一個光纖。如果每個像素少於一個光纖 的話,平均而言,空間光調變器將喪失解析度,造成顯示於全像 顯示中的應用的圖像品質減低。 在圖十九中,第一空間光調變器調變振幅,第二空間光調變 裔調變相位。其它能促進完整複雜調變的兩個電子式定·址空間光 200845698 調變器的調變特性組合都是可能的。 Ο 圖十』不了對於全像圖巾編顺幅與相位資訊的緊密排列的 例子。 ’ 刚疋知明I置用於提供平面區域的照明,其中照明是且有充 -份的同調性以便能夠產生三維圖像。在us 2006/250671提及一個 #用於大區域影像全像圖的照明裝置例子。如同刚的裝置可為白 光光源_的形式,例如冷陰極螢光燈或發㈣规人射在聚隹 系統上的白光發光二極體,其中聚焦系統可為緊密的,如透鏡狀 陣列或微透鏡陣列應。或者,用於1〇4的光源可由紅、綠及藍雷 射所組成’歧翻紐_性光敝、敍藍發光二極體所組 成。然而,具有充份空間同調性的非雷射光源(例如:發光二極體, 有機發光二極體,冷陰極螢紐)是更麵。魏統的缺點,像 •是在全像4建上造成餘賴、娜上較為昂貴以及所有關於傷 、#全像顯示觀看者或是進行全像顯示裝置組紅作人M的眼睛等 可能的安全問題。 7G件104可包含-個或兩個稜鏡光學膜來增加顯示器的亮 度:這樣的膜是已知的,例如在仍5,056,892與us 5,9i9,55i中 所描述的内容。元件1〇4可包含偏光元件,或是偏光元件的集合。 線性偏光薄片是其中—個例子。另外_個例子是反射式偏光片, 71 200845698 可傳送-個線性偏化狀態,並且反射正交線性偏化狀態-這樣的 薄2是已知的,例如在US 5,828,術中所描述的内容。另一個例 子是反射式偏光片’可傳送—個圓形偏化狀態,並且反射正交圓 形偏化狀態·這樣_片是已知的,例如在US6,⑻,395中所描 •述的内容。元件谢可包含其它在背光科技的領域中已知的光學 元件。 元件104, 100-103力厚度全部可約為數公分,或是更低。元件 1〇1可包含色彩過濾器陣列,使得彩色光線(例如紅色、綠色及藍 色光)的像素是射向元件102,儘管如果使用彩色光源,色彩猶 器是不需要的。元件102是編碼相位資訊的電子式定址空間光調 變器,例如Freedericksz元件。元件1〇3是編碼振幅資訊的電子式 定址空間光調變器,例如在—般商業上的液晶顯示器裝置中。元 •件1〇2的每一個元件,在此以107表示,會與元件⑼中對應的 -%件排列’以108表示。然而,儘管元件102與103中的元件且 有相同的橫向間隔或間距,元件102中的元件大小會小於或等ς 元件103巾的元件,因為離開元件1〇7 w光在進入元件⑽的元 件應之前’典型地會經歷一些繞射。振幅與相位的編碼次序可 與圖十中所示的相反。 位於點106離包括緊密全像圖產生器1〇5的裝置一些距離的 72 200845698 親看者,可從105的方向觀看到三維圖像。元件ι〇4、應、ι〇ι、 102與103是如之前所描述的配置成實體連接,以便能形成緊密的 全像圖產生器105。Slit(x). Uniformly tangled slits are located between the _5 (four) and +5 divisions on the x-axis and γ is zero microns. The optical transmission medium is used to obtain the refractive index of ls, which is a typical medium for compact devices ζ 65 200845698. The selected light is red light with a vacuum wavelength of 633 nm. Green and blue look longer than red light, because of the calculation of the red handle, the strongest diffraction effect is exhibited in the three-color red, green and blue. You can use (5) Gift Technology (RTM) corp., Needham, Saki, product age ^ (RTM) (four) pure line calculation. Figure 15: Surface of the strength material at the center of the slit • 1〇μΠ1 see the range as a function of the distance from the slit. At a distance of 2 〇 μιη from the slit, the fifteenth shows that the strength greater than 鄕 is within the narrow range of 狭. Because of this, in this two-dimensional model, the intensity of the pixel smaller than the tear is incident on each adjacent pixel. The result is calculated in the case of zero border ugliness between pixels. In fact, the pixel_boundary width is greater than zero, so the crosstalk_ will be lower than the silk of the # in the real system. In the four-needle of the needle, Fico circumscribes the slit, for example, from the slit 5' and the #point is approximately in the narrow_high_intensity function. Therefore, there is no wide diffractive feature close to the slit. The wide diffraction characteristic is the property of the far-field diffraction function of the high-hat function. This is a commonly known sinc squared function. The wide wrap-emission feature can be observed by the example of the distance slit 3 〇〇 μπι in Figure 14. This indicates that the effect of the two electrons can be controlled to be close enough to the green, and that the two electronically addressed spatial light modulators are very close to each other. The functional version will vary from far-field characteristics to a more efficient function that contains light that is close to the axis perpendicular to the slit. This advantage is backed by the idea of conventional holographic techniques, which tend to be thought to cause strong, large, and inevitable diffraction effects as the light passes through the small aperture of the spatial light modulator. 66 200845698 Therefore, the conventional technique does not have a motor that brings the two spatial light modulators together, and it is expected that such a way will lead to pixel crosstalk problems that must occur and are severely caused by the diffraction effect. Figure 1-6 shows the contour plot of the intensity distribution. The intensity distribution is a function of the distance from the slit: the plot of the vij line is on the logarithmic scale, not the linear scale. Ten lines, etc., are used, including the range of intensity factors. For the slit width and the strength of the knife, the boundary of the large degree of privacy is clear within a range from the slit. In a further embodiment, the pixel aperture (four) domain of the first electronically addressed spatial light modulator can be reduced to mitigate crosstalk problems in the second electronically addressed spatial light plane. (2) The second method is to use a lens array between the two spatial light modulators, as shown in Figure 17. A better approach is to have the number of lenses equal to the number of pixels in each spatial light modulation. The distance between the two spatial filaments and the spacing of the lens arrays can be slightly different to compensate for the distance difference between the observers. Each lens images the pixels of the first spatial light modulator to the corresponding pixels of the second spatial light modulator, as shown by the plurality of light beams 171 in FIG. It is also possible that light will cause crosstalk problems through adjacent lenses, as indicated by a large number of beams 172. If its intensity is low enough, or 67 200845698 its direction is sufficiently different to make it impossible to reach the virtual observer window, it will be ignored. The numerical aperture (Numericai Aperture, NA) of each lens must be large enough to image pixels with graded resolution. For example, the resolution of 5 qing requires a numerical aperture (να) of about 0.2. This also means that if it is assumed to be a few opticals, if the distance between the spatial light modulator and the lens array is 1 〇 μη, the maximum distance between the lens array and each spatial light modulator is about 25 Ω. It is also possible to assign a number of pixels of each spatial fine-change H to a lens of the ray, for example, a group of four pixels of the first spatial light modulator, which can be imaged by a lens in the lens array. A group of four pixels to the second spatial light modulator. The number of lenses of such a lens _ will be four-quarters of the number of pixels in each spatial light modulator. This allows the L-high-valued, aperture-controlled lens to be viewed with more heterogeneous pixels. (3) The third method is to reduce the pixel aperture of the first-electronic address air conditioner. From the point of view of diffraction, the second spatial light modulation is the area illuminated by the pixel of the first-space light: the variable is the pixel aperture width 0 and the diffraction angle of the second electronic light (four) The decision is as shown in Figure 18. In Figure 10, the distance between the two electronically addressed spatial light modulators, and w is the distance between the two minimum diffractions of the first class, 2008, 2008, 698, occurring on either side of the zeroth class maximum. This is assumed to be a diffraction of Fraunhofer or a reasonable approximation of the Fraunhofer diffraction. Reducing the aperture width D - square φ reduces the range of direct projection of the shouting in the photographing field as shown by the dashed line in Fig. 18. On the other hand, the diffraction angle is proportional to the diffraction angle which is proportional to the 1/D' diffraction angle in the Fraunhofer diffraction. This increases the width w. the width of the illuminated area in the second electronically addressed space is red. In the Fraun and Fiji diffraction methods, the division d, D can be determined, and the equation y = D + 2趟 is used to minimize w 'this equation is the first two orders from the Fraun and Fiji diffraction The distance between the minimum values is derived. For example, if λ is 0.5 μηι, d is 1〇〇_ and w is 2〇μηι, the minimum value of d ^ ΙΟμηι can be obtained. Fine in this _ sub-tooth, fine and Fiji method may not be a good approximation, this side of the system uses the distance between the electronically-spaced spatial light modulation to control the fulang and Fiji diffraction The principle of the diffraction process. (4) The fourth method enrolls a fiber optic panel to image the pixels of the first-space light modulation to the pixels of the second spatial light modulator. The fiber optic panel is made up of two-dimensionally aligned parallel fibers. The length of the fiber and therefore the thickness of the panel are typically a few shame, and the diagonal length of the panel surface is as long as several inches. For example, the spacing of the fibers can be 6μΜ at 2008 2008698. Edmund Optics lnc.0f Barrington, New Jersey, USA has sold fiber optic panels with such fiber spacing. Each fiber directs light from one of its sources to the other. Therefore, the image at one end of the panel is transmitted to the other end, with resolution and without focusing components. Such a panel can be used as a separation layer between two empty county modulators, as shown in Figure 19. Multimode fiber is preferred over single mode fiber because of the multimode wire-to-efficiency mode-changing fiber. When the refractive index of the (4) core is stabilized with the refractive index of the liquid crystal, the best coupling efficiency is obtained because it minimizes the Fresnel back reflection loss. There is no additional glass cover between the two spatial light modulators. The polarizer, the electrode and the alignment layer are directly connected to the fiber optic panel. Each of these layers is very thin, which is the level of l-ΙΟμιη. Therefore, the liquid crystal (LC) layers La and LC2 are located close to the panel. Light passing through the first-spacer pixel is directed to the pixel corresponding to the second spatial light modulator. This minimizes crosstalk from neighboring pixels. The panel transmits the first light distribution of the spatial light light reading end to the input of the second spatial light modulator. On average, 5, each pixel should have at least one fiber. If there are less than one fiber per pixel, on average, the spatial light modulator will lose resolution, resulting in reduced image quality for the application displayed in the hologram display. In Fig. 19, the first spatial light modulator modulates the amplitude, and the second spatial light modulation modulates the phase. Other electronic fixed-site spatial light that promotes complete complex modulation. The combination of modulation characteristics of the modulator is possible. Ο Figure 10 is an example of a close arrangement of the full-image map and the phase information. ─ ─ ─ ─ ─ I know that I is used to provide illumination of the planar area, where the illumination is and has a full coherence to enable the production of three-dimensional images. An example of a lighting device for a large area image hologram is mentioned in us 2006/250671. The device may be in the form of a white light source, such as a cold cathode fluorescent lamp or a white light emitting diode that is incident on a polyfluorene system, wherein the focusing system may be compact, such as a lenticular array or micro. The lens array should be. Alternatively, the light source for 1〇4 may be composed of red, green, and blue lasers, which are composed of red, green, and blue light-emitting diodes. However, non-laser light sources (eg, light-emitting diodes, organic light-emitting diodes, cold cathode fluorescent elements) with sufficient spatial coherence are more common. The shortcomings of Wei Tong, such as • are caused by the construction of the hologram 4, the more expensive it is, and the possibility of all the injuries, #全像display of the viewer or the holographic display device group Red M safe question. The 7G piece 104 can include one or two xenon optical films to increase the brightness of the display: such films are known, such as those described in still 5, 056, 892 and us 5, 9i9, 55i. Element 1〇4 may comprise a polarizing element or a collection of polarizing elements. Linear polarizing sheets are one of them. Further, an example is a reflective polarizer, 71 200845698 can transmit a linearly biased state, and reflect an orthogonal linearly biased state - such a thin 2 is known, for example, as described in US 5,828, intraoperatively. Another example is that a reflective polarizer 'transmits a circularly polarized state and reflects an orthogonal circularly biased state. Such a slice is known, for example, as described in US 6, (8), 395. content. The components may include other optical components known in the art of backlight technology. The force of the elements 104, 100-103 may all be on the order of a few centimeters or less. Element 1〇1 may comprise a color filter array such that pixels of colored light (e.g., red, green, and blue light) are directed toward element 102, although color neutrality is not required if a colored light source is used. Element 102 is an electronic addressed spatial light modulator that encodes phase information, such as a Freedericksz component. Element 1〇3 is an electronic address space optical modulator that encodes amplitude information, such as in a commercially available liquid crystal display device. Each element of the element 1 〇 2, indicated here by 107, will be represented by 108 corresponding to the corresponding -% piece arrangement in element (9). However, in spite of the same lateral spacing or spacing of the elements in elements 102 and 103, the element size in element 102 will be less than or equal to the element of element 103, since the element exiting element 1〇7w is entering the element (10). Before going 'typically going through some diffraction. The order of encoding the amplitude and phase can be reversed as shown in Figure 10. At a point 106, some distance from the device including the compact hologram generator 1〇5, a viewer, a three-dimensional image can be viewed from the direction of 105. The elements 〇4, 、, 〇, 102 and 103 are configured as physical connections as previously described so as to form a compact hologram generator 105.
E.構成要素包含—對或二對有機發光二極體與絲式定址空間光 調變器組合或是—個或兩個電子式定址空間光器的緊密組 口’且具有目標全像重建的大倍率三維圖像顯示裝置 圖二十四顯示了-個構成要素包含—對或二對有機發光二極 體與光學式定址_光調變驗合或是—個或兩個電子式定址空 間光調變ϋ的緊密組合,且具有目標全像重建的大倍率三維圖像 顯不裝置。&個裝置㈣成要素包括空間細魏與充份同調性 «密型光源的緊密組合(例如在A、B、c與D部份所__ Θ,這^組合能齡輕_爾況,於虛織察員視窗(在圖 -十四‘不為〇W)中產生看得見的三維圖像,這個裝置元件可例 如正合在個人數位助理或行動電財。如圖二十四所示,空 调變器與充份_性的緊密型光源的緊密組合包含光源陣列、空 間光》周、Μ及透鏡陣列。在圖二十四中的空間光調變器,包含一 對或二對有機發光二極體與光學式定址空間細變器組人^ 一 個或兩個電子式定址空間光調變器的緊密組合,或是;有= 光二極體及光學式定址级光調__合麟及—個電子式^ 73 200845698 址空間光調變器。 在一個簡單的例子中,光源陣列可由下列方式形成。單一光 源如單色的發光二極體,放置在緊鄰孔辦列的位置,使其能辟 射孔徑。如果孔徑是-維陣列的狹缝,從狹缝傳送出去的2形、 成-維陣列的光源。如果孔徑是二維_的圓,_照射集合即 形成二維陣列的光源。典型的孔徑寬_為2G_。這樣的光源陣 列適合用於對於一眼的觀察員視窗的產生。 在圖二十四中’光源陣列是設置在距離透鏡陣列U的距離位 置。光源陣列可為圖-元件10的光源,並且可選擇性的包含圖一 中的70件η。確_說’每—個在光源_中的辆、是設置在距 離透鏡陣列中匕所對應的透動距離的地方。在較佳的實施例中, # 光源_與透鏡_的平面是呈平行狀的。m光調變器可位在 - 透鏡陣_任—邊。虛擬觀察S視窗與透鏡_的距離為„。透鏡 陣列中的透鏡是聚光鏡,聚焦長度f是由f= 1/[1/u+ ι/ν]所給定。 在較佳的實施例中,V的值是在300mm到600mm的範圍内。更 好的灵知例中’ v大約為4〇〇mm。在較佳的實施例巾,u的值是在 l〇mm到30_的範圍内。更好的實施例中,u大約為2()mm。放 ,大口數Μ疋由v/u所決定。μ是經由空間光調變器調變後的光源, 在虛擬觀察貞視純放大的崎。在較佳的實施例中,Μ的值是 200845698 在1〇到6〇的範圍内。更好的實施例中,Μ大約為20。為了實現 如此的放大隨,並且具有好的全侧像品質,需要準確排列的 、m、透鏡陣列。為了維持精確的排列,以及在光源陣列與 透鏡陣列爾__轉,朗槪_嶋命為止, . 裝置讀需要具有賴的_穩定度。 —虛擬觀察員視窗可岐可追蹤的或不可追蹤的。如果虛醜 /T、員視以可追關’則根據虛擬觀察貴視窗所需的位置,光源 陣列中特定的光源會被啟動。啟動的光源會照射空間光調變琴, 並且藉由透鏡_成像至觀察員平面。在光轉财,對於透鏡 陣列㈣每-個透鏡至少啟動一個光源。追蹤是為準連續的。如 =u是20馳且v是400職,假若像素間距為2〇,,可追縱到 帶有彻㈣橫向增量的虛擬觀察員視窗。這樣的追縱是準連續 φ 的。如果U是2〇麵且乂是_贿1大概是19麵。 、 在光源_巾的統可祕具有部分的__性。部分的 同調性會導致目標點的模糊重建。如果^20麵且v是铜職, 假若光源寬縣20μιη ’輯顯示n丨⑻麵的目標關重建會有 1〇〇μηι的橫向模糊。這對於人類視覺系統的解析度是足夠的。 在通過透鏡陣列中不同透鏡的光之間並不需要具有任何明顯 75 200845698 的相互同調性。同調性的需求是限制在透鏡降列中的每一個單一 透鏡。因此,錢目標闕解析度是由透鏡_關距來決定。 典型的透鏡間距將為lmm的等級,以保證對於人類視覺系統的充 份解析度。 ,虛擬硯察員視窗是限制在空間光調變器中編碼資訊的傅立葉 頻譜的-個繞射階級。如果空間光調變器的像素間距是师瓜,並 且需要兩個像素來編碼—個複數,即如果在她調㈣子式定址 空間光調魏上制2相位編碼,在·肺的波長,虛擬觀察員 視窗會有10mm寬的寬度。虛擬觀察員視窗可利用空間或時間多 工肸數個虛擬觀察員視窗拼湊成擴大的虛擬觀察員視窗。在空 間夕工的情況下,需魏外的光學元件,如絲分光鏡。在部份c 描述了-鮮卫的方法’這些多叫方法也可能躺於本案實作 中0 、 彩色全像重建可由_多功實現。彩色有機發光二極體顯 示器的紅色,綠色及藍色像素是_具有對紅色,綠色及藍色光 學波長計算的全像®的㈣細變it的同步重編碼來相繼地啟 動0 裝箄TL件形成的顯示器可包含眼部位置偵測器,用以偵測觀 76 200845698 察員的眼睛位置 動的控制單位。 。眼部位置侧H連接控縣源物巾光源的啟 〜^空狀機n上編碼的全像_計算最好是由外部的編碼 .早元“執行’因為它需要較高的計算能力。顯示資料會接著送至 •個人數位助理或行動電話,以顯示全像產生的三維圖像。 對於實務上的例子,可使用由Sany0 (RTM) Eps()n (RTM)E. Components consisting of - or two pairs of organic light-emitting diodes combined with a silk-spaced spatial light modulator or a tight junction of one or two electronically-positioned spatial lighters and having a target holographic reconstruction Figure 24 shows a large-capacity three-dimensional image display device. The components include - or two pairs of organic light-emitting diodes and optical addressing _ light modulation, or one or two electronically addressed spatial light. A large-magnification three-dimensional image display device with a close combination of modulated ϋ and a target holographic reconstruction. The components of the device (4) include the close combination of the spatial fine and the well-toned « dense-type light source (for example, in the A, B, c and D parts __ Θ, this combination can be younger, Producing a visible three-dimensional image in the virtual weaver window (in Figure -14's not 〇W), this device component can be, for example, justified in a personal digital assistant or mobile power. As shown in Figure 24 The close combination of the air conditioner and the compact light source includes a light source array, a spatial light, a Μ, and a lens array. The spatial light modulator in Figure 24 includes one or two pairs. Close combination of organic light-emitting diodes and optical address space transformers ^ one or two electronically-addressed spatial light modulators; or; = photodiode and optical address-level light modulation __ Lin and an electronic ^ 73 200845698 address space light modulator. In a simple example, the array of light sources can be formed in the following way. A single light source, such as a single light-emitting diode, placed in close proximity to the hole column, Make it possible to dig the aperture. If the aperture is a slit of the -dimensional array, it is transmitted from the slit Out-of-two-dimensional, in-dimensional array of light sources. If the aperture is a two-dimensional circle, the illuminating set forms a two-dimensional array of light sources. A typical aperture width _ is 2G_. Such an array of light sources is suitable for one eye The generation of the observer window. In Fig. 24, the 'light source array is disposed at a distance from the lens array U. The light source array may be the light source of the figure-element 10, and may optionally include 70 pieces η in Fig. 1. Indeed, it is said that each of the lights in the light source _ is placed at a distance corresponding to the distance corresponding to the 匕 in the lens array. In a preferred embodiment, the # light source _ is parallel to the plane of the lens _ The m-light modulator can be located in the - lens array _ any-edge. The distance between the virtual observation S window and the lens _ is „. The lens in the lens array is a condensing mirror, and the focal length f is f= 1/[1 /u+ ι/ν] is given. In a preferred embodiment, the value of V is in the range of 300 mm to 600 mm. In a better example, 'v is about 4 mm. In the embodiment, the value of u is in the range of 10 mm to 30 mm. In a more preferred embodiment, u is about 2 () mm. The large number of ports is determined by v/u. μ is the light source modulated by the spatial light modulator, and the purely amplified sin is observed in the virtual observation. In a preferred embodiment, the value of Μ is 200845698. In the range of 1 〇 to 6 。. In a preferred embodiment, Μ is approximately 20. In order to achieve such magnification, and with good full-sided image quality, an accurately aligned m, lens array is required. Accurate alignment, as well as in the array of light sources and lens arrays, __ 槪 槪 嶋 . 装置 装置 装置 装置 装置 装置 装置 装置 装置 装置 装置 装置 装置 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟 虚拟Ugly/T, the staff can see that it can be traced, then the specific light source in the light source array will be activated according to the position required for the virtual viewing of the virtual window. The activated light source illuminates the spatial light modulation piano and is imaged by the lens to the observer plane. In the light transfer, at least one light source is activated for each lens of the lens array (4). Tracking is quasi-continuous. For example, if u is 20 and v is 400, if the pixel spacing is 2, you can trace the virtual observer window with the (4) horizontal increment. This kind of memorial is quasi-continuous φ. If U is 2 faces and 乂 is _ bribe 1 is probably 19 faces. In the light source _ towel, there is a partial __ sex. Partial homology leads to fuzzy reconstruction of the target point. If ^20 faces and v is a copper job, if the source wide county 20μιη ’ series shows n丨(8) face target reconstruction, there will be 1〇〇μηι lateral blur. This is sufficient for the resolution of the human visual system. It is not necessary to have any apparent homology of 75 200845698 between the light passing through the different lenses in the lens array. The need for coherence is limited to each single lens in the lens drop. Therefore, the resolution of the money target is determined by the lens_off distance. A typical lens pitch will be on the order of 1 mm to ensure adequate resolution for the human visual system. The virtual inspector window is a diffractive class that limits the Fourier spectrum of the information encoded in the spatial light modulator. If the pixel pitch of the spatial light modulator is a melon, and two pixels are needed to encode a complex number, that is, if the two-phase encoding is performed in the tone of the (four) sub-addressed space, the wavelength of the lung is virtual. The observer window will have a width of 10mm wide. The virtual observer window can be used to create a virtual virtual observer window with space or time and multiple virtual observer windows. In the case of space work, optical components such as wire beamsplitters are required. In part c, the method of "sweetness" is described. These multiple methods may also lie in the implementation of this case. 0. Color hologram reconstruction can be realized by _ multi-function. The red, green and blue pixels of the color organic light-emitting diode display are _ with the full-image of the red, green and blue optical wavelengths calculated by the (four) fine-tuned it's synchronous re-encoding to successively start 0 mounted TL pieces The formed display may include an eye position detector for detecting the control unit of the eye position of the inspector. . The eye position side H is connected to the source of the source towel source. The full image encoded on the empty machine n is calculated by the external code. The early element is "executed" because it requires higher computing power. The data is then sent to a personal digital assistant or mobile phone to display a three-dimensional image of the hologram. For practical examples, use Sany0 (RTM) Eps()n (RTM)
Imagmg Devices Co’ati〇n 〇f Japan所製造的2 6英忖榮幕尺忖 XGA液晶顯示n電子式定址空間光調變器。次像素的間距為 17μιη。如果錢使用於紅賴全像齡的建構,湘全像圖的振 幅调變編碼,在距離電子式定址空間光調變器〇 4m的地方,觀察 視窗根據計料Umm寬。對於單色的航,觀察視窗根據計算 馨 為4mm寬。如果使用相同的設定,但是改用2相位編碼的相位調 - 變,觀察視窗根據計算為6mm寬。如果使用相同的設定,但是改 用基諾形式(Kinoform)編碼的相位調變,觀察視窗根據計算為 12mm 寬。 仍具有其它種高解析度的電子式定址空間光調變器。Seik〇 (RTM) Epson (RTM) Corporation of Japan 已發表單色電子式定址 空間光調變器,例如D4:L3D13U 1·3英吋螢幕尺寸且像素間距為 77 200845698 15μπι的面板。此公司也發表了同類型的面板 D5:L3D09U-61G00,具有〇·9英吋螢幕尺寸及ι〇μιη的像素間距。 於西元2006年12月12日,此公司公告發表同類型的面板 L3D07U-81G00,具有0·7英吋螢幕尺寸及8.5陣的像素間距。如 果D4:L3D13U 1·3英吋面板用於建構單色的全像顯示,並採用全 像的布克哈特(Burckhardt)振幅調變編碼,則距離電子式定址空間 光調變器0.4m的位置,虛擬觀察員視窗可計算出為5·6_寬。 F·匕3對或兩對有機發光二極體與光學式定址线光調變器組 合=是-個或兩個電子式定址空間光調變器的緊密組合,且具有 目標全像重建的三維圖像顯示裝置 一對麵對«發光二鋪與絲式定址雜細變器組合 歲疋一個或兩個電子式定妯办 使用於丰以/ n賴11咐練合,是較推薦 使用於手持式三_示裝置或是較大的三_ ,的組合是非常緊密的。這樣的組合轉置U妓 f導航裝置、相顯示器1腦遊戲農置、個人數1 —、術 筆記型電腦顯示器、桌上㈣腦榮幕或 位助理㈣A)、 樣的三維顯示器是較針對於單—使用者電視顯示器中。這 於裝置光發射面的位置,並料”朗者—般是位在垂直 離,例如約為500軸的距離=可传到最佳觀看效果的距 大豕都知道’手持式裝置的使用者 78 200845698 會傾向自己改變手上梦罟的士 文于上衣方向,輯得最理想的 同在麵/96941中所描她容。,在這樣繼;,尤 ㈣卿叫㈣她鏡的 子,疋糾追射以崩在其它的裝置中, 額外需求的賴與電財會造成過度的錢。吕’ 包含-對或兩對有機發光二極體與光學式定址空間光調變哭 、、且合或是-個或_電子式定址郎光簡料緊密組合,且: =目標全像重建的衛星導航三維圖像顯示裝置具有如下的優點了 駕駛者可找·線#_三_像,例如在下—個路口要執行的 ,控方式,並邱為三_職職更符合接近驗者駕歇時的 1知’能比二維圖像資訊來的更佳。其它顯示器上的資訊,例如 選單’可以三維方式顯示。顯示器上部份或是全部的資訊皆可以 二維方式顯示。 、 么人包含-對或兩對有機發光二極體與光學式定址空間光調變器 組合或是—個或_電子式定址空間光調變H的緊密組合,且: 有目標全像4建的車用三維圖像顯示裝置具有如下的優點。此裝 置可能可以直接地顯示三維資訊,例如在倒車的時候,或是試圖 通過比車輛概或是解的地方,顯示汽車保險桿(防護板)與鄰近 物件(如3回壁)罪近情況的三維圖像。在豸道比車輛車交狹窄的地方, 79 200845698 三維圖像顯示裝置可幫助駕駛者了解車輛通不過此通道。三維圖 象:利用衣.又在車輛上的感應器所提供的資訊來建立。其它的車 輛育訊可以三維方式顯示在顯示器上,例如速度、溫度、每分鐘 雜速n細不於車輛巾的資訊。衛星導航資訊可三維 地顯示在顯示n上。顯示紅部份或是全部的資訊料以三維方 • …一 輸出視自的大小是_立葉平面巾繞棚樣的職性間隔所 限制如果有機發光二極體顯示器或是電子式定址空間光調變器 中的像素間距疋接近1G|lm,那麼對於波長腿的可見光,在 距離500mm的地方,根據全像圖的空間光調變器所使用的編碼, 虛擬觀察員視窗(V0W)的寬度約為1〇麵到25麵。這對於—個 眼睛而言是足触的。對㈣外―_第二虛織察員,可由對 • 郎光輕容進行空間鱗間上❹工方式來建立。在缺 J追縱的情況下,為了看見最佳的三維圖像,觀察員必須旋轉或 移動裝置及/或他自己本身的位置,讓他的眼睛能位在虛擬觀察員 視窗,並且位於離裝置最佳的距離。 數個虛擬觀察員_繼而成的方式可讓調整顯示裝置位置 及方向的紅序較為容易。兩個或三個虛擬觀察員視 窗可在X-及^ 方向並列,使得虛擬觀察員視窗可涵蓋較大的區域。拼湊的方式 200845698 可由空間糊多卫,或是咖日_工的組合來完成。 2間^中’光_上依序地投射至虛擬觀察員視窗中。如 ^擬^㈣_具有不同的內容,空間細變器必須重編碼。 門^多工中’對於不同虛擬觀察員視窗的内容,是在相同的時 於=_變器中進行編碼,是是在空間光調變器的不同區 或。光束分光鏡可將空間光調變器 — 觀察員視窗。可使用空間及時間多卫的組合。、刀*同的虛擬 榮幕3^行_話或個人數位助_顿式三維顯示裝置的 小疋在從-英吋到數英吋的範圍之 具有螢幕尺寸小至—公分的縣。 U不可 圖像,例如藉由顯示相同 三維圖像顯示裝置可切換顯示二維 的圖像至觀看者的每-佩睛的方式。 圖三顯示了包含一對或兩對 間光調變驗合歧_贱_電料舆辟式定址空 組合的三維圖像顯示裝置的實施例=====的緊密 3〇,在行動電話上,#配備相似裝置的科—二-疋仃動電話 顯示在螢幕區域31的時候,使用者可择打二的三維影像圖像 飞T天線可位於行 81 200845698Imagmg Devices Co’ati〇n 〇f Japan's 26-inch glory 忖 XGA LCD display n-electronic address space optical modulator. The pitch of the sub-pixels is 17 μm. If the money is used in the construction of the red age, the amplitude modulation code of the Xiang Quan image is located at a distance of 4 m from the electronically-spaced light modulator, and the observation window is Umm wide according to the measurement. For monochrome navigation, the viewing window is 4mm wide according to the calculation. If the same setting is used, but the phase modulation of the 2-phase encoding is used instead, the observation window is calculated to be 6 mm wide. If the same setting is used, but the phase modulation of the Kinoform encoding is used, the viewing window is calculated to be 12 mm wide. There are still other high resolution electronic address space light modulators. Seik〇 (RTM) Epson (RTM) Corporation of Japan has published a monochrome electronically-spaced spatial light modulator, such as a D4:L3D13U 1·3 inch screen size with a pixel pitch of 77 200845698 15μπι. The company also published the same type of panel D5: L3D09U-61G00, with a 9-inch screen size and ι〇μιη pixel pitch. On December 12, 2006, the company announced the same type of panel L3D07U-81G00 with a screen size of 0. 7 inches and a pixel spacing of 8.5 arrays. If the D4:L3D13U 1·3 inch panel is used to construct a monochrome holographic display and uses the holographic Burckhardt amplitude modulation coding, the distance from the electronically addressed spatial light modulator is 0.4m. The position, virtual observer window can be calculated as 5·6_ wide. F·匕3 pairs or two pairs of organic light-emitting diodes and optical address line optical modulator combination = is a close combination of one or two electronically addressed spatial light modulators, and has three-dimensional reconstruction of the target hologram A pair of image display devices face the combination of the "lighting two shop" and the wire type addressing device. One or two electronic typesetting devices are used in Fengyi/nlai 11咐, which is recommended for handheld use. The combination of the three_display device or the larger three_ is very tight. Such a combination of transposition U妓f navigation device, phase display 1 brain game farm, personal number 1 —, notebook computer display, table (four) brain screen or position assistant (four) A), the kind of three-dimensional display is more targeted Single - in the user's TV display. This is the position of the light-emitting surface of the device, and it is known that the user is in a vertical distance, for example, a distance of about 500 axes = a distance that can be transmitted to the best viewing effect. 78 200845698 I will tend to change my dreams in the direction of my shirt, and to find the best in the same face/96941. In this way;, (4) Qing called (four) her mirror, 疋The entanglement is to collapse in other devices, and the extra demand and electricity will cause excessive money. Lu's contains two or two pairs of organic light-emitting diodes and optically-spaced space, and the light is crying, and or It is a close combination of - or _ electronically located Lang Guangjian, and: = Target omni-image reconstruction of the satellite navigation three-dimensional image display device has the following advantages: the driver can find the line #_三_image, for example, at the next intersection To be executed, the control method, and Qiu Weisan _ vocational position is more in line with the proximity of the examiner's driving experience. It can be better than the two-dimensional image information. Other information on the display, such as the menu' can be three-dimensional Display. Some or all of the information on the display can be displayed. Displayed in two dimensions. The person includes a pair or two pairs of organic light emitting diodes combined with an optically addressed spatial light modulator or a close combination of - or - electronically addressed spatial light modulation H, and: The three-dimensional image display device for a vehicle having the target hologram 4 has the following advantages. The device may directly display three-dimensional information, for example, when reversing, or attempting to display the car through a place that is more than a vehicle solution. 3D image of the near situation of the bumper (guard) and adjacent objects (such as 3 back wall). Where the ramp is narrower than the vehicle, 79 200845698 3D image display device can help the driver understand that the vehicle can not pass this Channel. Three-dimensional image: It is built using the information provided by the clothing and the sensor on the vehicle. Other vehicle education can be displayed on the display in three dimensions, such as speed, temperature, and minute speed n minute. Information on the towel. The satellite navigation information can be displayed three-dimensionally on the display n. The red or all of the information is displayed in three dimensions... The size of the output is _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Limitation of job interval If the pixel pitch in the organic light-emitting diode display or the electronic address space light modulator is close to 1G|lm, then for the visible light of the wavelength leg, at a distance of 500mm, according to the hologram The code used by the spatial light modulator, the virtual observer window (V0W) has a width of about 1 to 25 faces. This is a foot touch for an eye. (4) Outside - _ Second Virtual Weaver It can be established by the method of completing the scale scale on the light of Lang Lang. In the absence of J, in order to see the best three-dimensional image, the observer must rotate or move the device and / or his own The position allows his eyes to be in the virtual observer window and at the optimal distance from the device. Several virtual observers can be used to make it easier to adjust the red order of the position and orientation of the display. Two or three virtual observer windows can be juxtaposed in the X- and ^ directions so that the virtual observer window can cover a larger area. The way to piece together 200845698 can be done by a combination of space, or a combination of coffee and day. The two ^" light_ are sequentially projected onto the virtual observer window. If ^^^(4)_ has different content, the space finer must be re-encoded. The contents of the different virtual observer windows for the different virtual observer windows are encoded in the same time in the =_ transformer, or in different areas of the spatial light modulator. The beam splitter provides a spatial light modulator - the observer window. A combination of space and time can be used. The same virtual virtual screen 3^ line _ words or personal digital help _ ton-type three-dimensional display device Xiaoying in the range from - English to several miles with a screen size as small as - centimeters. U is not an image, for example, by displaying the same three-dimensional image display device, it is possible to switch between displaying a two-dimensional image to the viewer's per eye. Figure 3 shows an embodiment of a three-dimensional image display device comprising one or two pairs of inter-optic dynamometers, = 电 电 电 定 定 = = = = = = = = = = = = = On, #科-二疋仃疋仃电话 with similar device is displayed in the screen area 31, the user can choose two-dimensional image to fly the T antenna can be located in line 81 200845698
動電話3〇的主體中。行動電話3〇裝配兩個攝影機33及34 v I =使==,左眼及右_像心二 、 电3〇配備數子及“*,,及“#,,符號的按鍵35,以 ::鍵36 ’例如在登幕上的選單中移動,退回或是敬動二 筵属不的才示不例如,,〇N” "〇FF”或是"2" =:HZ進行三維影像電話通話的雙方,觀看對方時顛倒 y 用上’兩個硯看者的眼睛與兩個攝影機33 m最好 疋共面的’威使用者的臉是位在接㈣直於螢幕區域3 置。這樣能確保兩鶴影機33及34在包含觀看者崎的平面中 錢視差。觀看者的騎騎ϋ的最理練察位置是預先決 定的,使得_攝影機33及34能在這恤置獲得觀看者頭部最 里〜的^像。。貝。對於二維圖像電話通話中的另—方也是同樣如 匕使仟又方可處在取理想圖像品質的雙向三維圖像電話通話 中。為了確保每一個觀看者精確地面向攝影機33及34,可能會較 ^望確保對於每個眼睛的虛擬觀察員視f不會比每個眼睛大太 夕因為讀可以限制觀看者的眼界對於觀看者攝影機方向在位 置及方向上的錯#。藉由將裝置朝向減的目標,裝置可對目標 進行三維鋪。或者,可藉由裝置螢幕上的小按鍵圖示來引導使 用者使用’藉此元成裝置的最理想方触置。裝置也可具備眼部 k從力^•在此所&述的裝置格式翻法可使用於可全像地、自 動立體顯示喊_其它任何方法產生三_像的裝置。 82 200845698 在雙向的三轉像電科話躺,攝織33及34分別記錄 使用者的右眼及左關像。從這些獲得的#料,會用於在三 維影像通財另-方對應的手持裝置上,鱗立三維影像圖像。 •如果三維圖像是自動立體顯示地產生,從攝影機33及34的觀看 •可直接地使用在自動立體顯示器中產生兩個眼睛的圖像。如果三 侧像是全像地產生,包諸攝影機33及34觀看㈣料應該要 進行處理,例如藉由使用產生全像圖的電腦,例如在—個或兩個 空間光調變器之上允許全像#料的適當編碼。#三_像是全像 賊生’此三維顯示器為—種全像顯示器。相較於自動立體顯示 器,全像顯示器提供全深度資訊,即調節(眼睛物與視差。全像 顯示器提供目標的全像重建,即在正確的深度產生全部目標點的 全像重建。 在此所描㈣顿式三_轉的顧包含雜雙向三維影 =話的通話。另—個制是包括由通話中的另—方顯示目標或 琢=二_示’例如在講買之前先觀看產品,或是檢查物品是 害。另—個應用是包括個體身份的確認,可由三維顯示來 ^付’助。三_柯增賴外觀均料目像的 t固Γ雙祕或是絲的人。另-個翻是包括利用圖像來觀 以進仃更進一步的連絡,例如在約會服務中,三維圖像 83 200845698 可幫助決定。另-個應岐包括细 方式,觀看料纽錢縣人内容的 =:之間會有不—。在一個實施例中,且 有目祐王像重建的二維顯示裝 使用者變化投射卢目P盥+ 胃有^早迅項,能夠義示器的 ⑽ …眼的虛擬觀察員視窗之間的距離。在- 早選項的選擇上,使用者按下裝置上的 二 觀察員視窗之_分隔。如料 _ 1力或疋心虛擬 禾绝疋已没定好的,當觀看 且試圖觀看三維圖像時,可選摆 ’、、°。w κ. ^ 擇取佳的虛擬觀察員視窗之間的分 岡械看者觀看可實現的最好三維圖像。接著,所選擇的 軸可儲存在使时的偏好當中。如果有多個健制裝置時, 則可將多個·者偏好儲存縣置當中。雜的選單翻可被實 作,儘管裝置具有能力各職錢额看者的眼雜置,因為使 用者所選擇希望的虛擬觀察員視窗之_精確距離會比追縱軟體 的選擇來的更好。-旦這樣的選擇產生了,將可加快追縱的速度, 因為在眼睛之_距離成為固定的參數之後,對於觀察員的眼睛 所需要的精確位置決定會較低。能夠選擇兩個虛織察員視窗之 間更好的距離,也提供了超越自動立體顯示系統的優點,在自動 立體减示系統中’左眼與右眼圖像之間的距離是傾向於使用裝置 硬體來固定。 84 200845698 G·包含一對或兩對有機發光二極體與光學式定址空間光調變器組 合或是-個或兩個電子式纽雜光調變器的料組合的平面投 影機系統 從裝置發射的光也可投_螢幕或牆或是—些其它的表面 上’來取代如F部份所描述的投射光至數個虛擬觀察貞視窗的方 式。因此,在行動電話或個人數位助理献在其它裝置中的三維 顯示裝置也能如同以口袋型投影機的方式來使用。 ^可藉由使用空間細魏觀人射光的振幅及她來提升全 像質。因此,複數值的全像圖可在空間光調變器上編 碼’讓重建在絲或牆上賴像具有較好品質。 鈉邻知所“述的一對或兩對有機發光二極體與光學式定 合或—個或兩個電子式纽雜光調變器的緊 1=二可作為空間光調變器伽於投影機中。由於此组合的大 維顯, 電話或影機也將會是緊密的。投影機甚至可同為如行動 ❸^個人岐助理歧—些其它職置:可藉由, 益贫’投影機,,模式來進行切換。 車乂於白用的二維投影機,全像式二維投影機具有不需要投 85 200845698 影透鏡以錄射賴像錢學遠射的全部輯都是聚 點。習用的全像式:維投影機,例如在WQ2__ ^ = :内 :;使用單一空間先調變器,因此無法進行複雜的調變t 此所描述的_二_機,^ 具有非常佳的圖像品質。 又因此月匕 H.使用—個或兩個紅外線有機發光二鋪顯示H與光 間光調變器的緊密組合的自動立體或全像顯示器、 疋止工 紅外線有機發光二極_示器與光學式定址空間光調變 (ASD)中,_是在行動電話歧個人紐助财的顿式自動立 體顯示器。然而對於典型的觀看者而言,觀看自動立體顯示器並 •不伽看全像顯示器―樣的舒適,賴在-些情況下,自動立體 齡111^全賴示奸能㈣便宜歧較容R產生或去提供 圖像資料。自動立體顯示器提供數個觀看區域,藉由每個觀看區 域顯不二維場景的不同觀點。如果觀看者的眼睛是在不同的觀看 區域,他將看到立體的圖像。自動立體顯示器與全像技術的差里: 自動立體顯示11提供兩辦關像,而全像技術更提供三維場景 中每一個目標點的Z-資訊。 86 200845698 通常,自動立體顯示器是以顯示器上觀看區域的空間多工為 基礎,並且使用光素分光鏡元件,例如雙凸透鏡(lenticulars)、障礙 遮蔽物(barrier masks)或是棱鏡遮蔽物㈣sm masks)。障礙遮蔽物也 可稱之為”視差障礙”。自動立體顯示器的缺點是每—個觀看區域 的解析度會典魏反比於觀輕域的數量。但是這個缺點可由如 上所描述的自動立體顯示器的優點來補償。 紅外線有機發光二極體顯#器與振幅調變光學式定址空間光 調變器的緊密組合⑽如在A部份所描述_容)可朗來成為呈 有高解析度的振幅調㈣示^。如果紅外線有機發光二極體齡 器與振幅調縣學式纽纠光觀密組合是與光束分光 ,元件結合的話,則可建構出具高解析度的自動立體顯示器:緊 密組合的高解析度可補償因為空間多卫而損失的解析度。、 對於需要-個❹個額外的光學式定址空間光調變器的自動 立體顯Μ,細-麵多個有機發光二極體_ 先學式定址空間光調變器的緊密組合(例如 的内容)的伽是_樣柄先學式定址空耽機器。自動= 顯示器包含先束分辆財先二極 趙 式的有峨高㈣加w:在繼=圖樣 有機發光二極體期間, 忐鏡期間與 调之間的豐紋效應(M— effects)。相較之下 87 200845698 在緊密組合的光學式定址郎光調魏上的#訊是_的:僅有 光束分光鏡期間,不會出現週期性的加工品。 自動立體顯示㈣賴、可為一個或多個光源,例如發光二極 …體’雷射’有機發光二賴或冷陰極螢級。絲不需為同調性 -的。如果使用有機發光二極體且自動立體顯示器顯示色彩圖像, 鲁貝’]會在光源與光發射顯示器及振幅調變光學式定址空間光調變器 的緊密組合之«要色彩猶ϋ層,例如紅色,綠色及藍色過濾 器。 紅外線有機發光二極_7^與光學式定址空間光調變器的 緊H (例如在Α部份所描述的内容)也可以制在全像顯示, 特別是在行_話_人触助财的顿式顯4。全像顯示 器是以顯示器上觀看區域的空間多工為基礎,並且使用光素分光 • 件’例如雙凸透鏡(lenticulars)、障礙遮蔽物(barrier masks)或 '•疋稜鏡遮蔽物(prism masks)。障礙遮蔽物也可稱之為"視差障礙 紅外線有機發光二極體顯示器與光學式定址空間光調變器的緊 山=口(例如在A部份所描述的内容)可使用來成為具有高解析度 =王像顯Μ。如果紅>卜線有機發光二極體顯示器與振幅調變光 學式定址空間光調變器的緊密組合是與光束分光鏡元件結合的 =可建構出具高解析度的全像顯示器。緊密組合的高解析度 了補償因為空間多工而損失的解析度。在另一個實施例中,兩對 88 200845698 光:桎1列與光學式定址空間光調變器的緊密組合的組 口^以依且f⑥、的方式使用糊變光的振幅與她,如B部份 所描述軸容,’咖與相位域的複數,可利用逐一像 光中編碼。如果兩對紅外線有機發光二極體顯示 厂=,光學式故空間光調變器的緊密組合是與光束分光 鏡讀結合,财建構㈣解析度的全像顯 解析度可補償因為空㈣工m 件的全鎌的轉财。具找束分光鏡元 維場景的不同觀點。如果觀由每個觀看區域顯示三 將看到立體_像。w看者魏-在不_觀看區域,他 1.三轉輸中f要㈣料處理系統。 圖二十二顯示了三維傳輪中需要的資料處理系統。在圖二十 像的拍摄22G與另—方221是在三維傳輸中。用於建立圖 …可利用圖三中顯示的行動電話褒置3G或些具有 其中?:==進行收集。對於三維圖像顯示的資料處理可在 置,或 2置中執行置可為行動電話或是等效的裝 個行動電$之門^ 221的農置中執行,但是最好是能在位於兩 包SSI路上的中間系統— 個連線可H_23 ° 222及223兩 線連線或非鶴線連線。中間系、统224可包含執行計 89 200845698 算的電腦’使得三維圖像,例如 示圖能夠被顯示。在兩個行▲ 生的王像圖或自動立麵 行計算是較好的 :電話之間的傳輸網路使用電腦來執 而代之制主料行騎㈣祕電力,但取 三維影像電节诵岡、°用位於傳輪網路的電腦來對大量的 冢電领補圖像 用計算資源,例如處理’34可允許更有效率地利 需要的π 4 的計算處理能力的數量。如果 =將;^減少’則行動電話或其它類似裝置的重量將會降 位在雜電腦電路與記億趙,因為計算需求將會藉由 在傳輸稱上的電腦來執_算 需要安褒在位於傳輸網路上 二體將僅 它米g仞沾壯m 1 匈+而要女裝在仃動電話或其 的i圍,^且合。讀減少行麵話的記賴需求以及軟體盜版 齡-給增加程式碼中任何的企業機密的保護。雖然大多 數二棚像顯示需要的計算可由 能-些圖傻呀瞀θ ” H先以來執行,不過也可 -象4疋在貢料傳送前於使用者裝置中進行 果兩個拍_物咖_,匈__蝴一 Γ圖像之嶋的差異圖像,則因為差異圖像非常易於進行可 帛助《+傳資料壓縮技術,因此將可促進資料的傳送。 =維圖像顯示裝置可執行—些圖像計算,例如解除壓縮的圖 在圖二十二的系統的一個例子中,第一圖像與第二圖像形成 90 200845698 由使用者22〇的裝置經由連線攻傳送 圖像傳麵像可為義立__像之間的差異 Η象口為轉圖像典·絲完錢健要較 卿槪是在進行中’則第一圖像可為現在圖像與:= 1的圖像之間的差異。同樣的,第二圖像可為現在圖像盘前一 Ώ中間衣置224可利用f用對於二維與三維⑽ 的計算程序來對二維㈣圖像進行計算。對於彩色的圖像= :Γ=Τ要顏色中的三個元素,並且連同‘ 度圖。接者,關於二維圖像與深度圖的資料會經由連線2 至:用者221的裝置。使用者221的裝置會在它的緊密型三維: 4置中’根據接收到的二維圖像與深度圖編碼全像圖 效率的使用傳送頻寬,在這個系統中傳輸的資料可進行習用的壓 Μ呈序’並且在滅裝置中執行對應的解壓縮動作。使用最有效 率的資料脑數量’她於制較少資料_的敏需求花費’, 會平衡行動裝置的電池執行資料壓縮與解壓縮的電力7化、 .中間裝置224可存取包含已知三維形狀集合的函式庫,並在 其中試圖找到穩合它計算的三維資料的配對,或者它可存取包含 已知二維顏集合的函式庫,並在其中試_到穩合進入的U 圖像資料的配對。如果在已知形狀中可找到好的配對,這可加快 91 200845698 計算程序的速度,因為二維或三棚像之射絲為對應已知的 :狀一維开7狀的函式庫可提供如一組運動明星的面孔或身體形 狀’例如主要_球鄉員献球勒胃,以及全部或部分主要 的運動場地’ _名_球場地或是著名的場地。例如, .人臉的二維圖像可表示為-個中間裝置224已存取過的資料,加 部表情變化’例如微笑或級眉等,加上頭髮長度的變化,因 • 存後觀可能留長或雜。如果—組持續性的差異發 門上繼Μ4已存取過的記觸顯比編時,例如在長時 ^上’人的頭髮長度已經明顯的改變,則這個在中間 =的謝她跑224嫩新。如果㈣裝請遇 時,的記錄#中沒有發現好配對的二維或三維圖像 守b將增加新的職到記_集合當中。 幫助—維_内容至三糊像内容的系統 女王廣社用的二維顯示技術中的一個困 ㈡格Γ產生’並且現在大部份的内容仍持續以二、轉 上是因為現在所使用的大多數圖像記錄褒置 記 〜維圖像’並且沒有倾是可以仙在 、心 在报少有齡賴歸者魏三維_容妓t此外’現 生的三維内容。 〜次疋獲倾二維内容產 犛 92 200845698 每非常明顯需要一個支援從二維内容產生三維内容的系統。 ==十三中蚊-個系統。在圖二十三中,即使在觀看者23〇3 二具有二維顯示裝置,電視傳播公司2持續播放二維電視 ,^+faL%^2301 ^ •可二* G5°__換程序可由觀看者付費域,或是 、°、它方來付費支援,例如廣告客戶·。在圖二十三中,告 • !:Γ 2303的廣告由電視公司2300來播放,廣告客戶二 • =2氣给中間系統•並藉由已知的二維内容轉換成三 、θ轉換程序將二維内容轉換成三維内容。廣告客戶的利益 的電_告呈現給觀看者2302,這將比二維電視廣告更 = 或者,觀看者2302可支付費用給中間系統纖來轉 二些或全部電視播放的三維格式。中間系統會確保三維 對正確且同步的格式,例如假使二維圖像有提供它的 _ 個爾合會㈣步嫩供,杉維顯示裝置 二译 糊像伽财圖,不會對非對應的二維圖像使 用咏度圖。三維顧-梦罢 、〜、、置可n顯示裝置、自動立體顯示裝置 ===的三維顯示裝置。提供三維顯示裝置的資料應適合 放八衣置的類型。相似於上述的系統也可適用於非電視播 5、1、者所提供㈣容,例如電影或錄料供應商等。 在另⑽、統中’觀看者可支付費用提供二軸容給中間系 93 200845698 三維形式回覆。提供的二維内容 或是其它錄影帶内容或是如照片 統,並且收到提供的二維内容的 可例如為家庭電影的]VQ>3檔案, 或圖片的圖像。 中間系統可包含電腦來執行計算,使得三侧像能顯示,例 如電腦產生全像U或是自動立_像。最好是彻在二維内容提 供者=希望觀看三維圖像内容峨看者之間傳輸網路的電腦來執 行計算’因為這會比起在歸者魏行如此陳序更有效率。位 於傳輪網路上的電腦可使用來同時進行大量的二_三維内容轉 2的圖像處理,可允.許更後率地_計算#源,例如藉由減 ^未使用的4异處理能力的數量。如果需要輯算能力減少,則 2看者的二賴不裝置的成本將會降低,因為它將需要較少的電 觸電路與記憶體’且計算絲將會藉由位在傳輸網路上的電腦來 執仃计异。祕’執行計算的軟體將僅需要钱在位於傳輸網路 上的電腦㈣安裝錢看者的三維齡裝置巾。這將減少觀 看者的三軸稀朗記髓需求以及軟體盜㈣麵,並且會 :加知式碼巾任何的企業機密的保護。賴大多數三維圖像顯示 而要的5十异可由中n絲執行’不過也可能-些圖像計算是在 觀看者的三維顯轉置巾執行。三維圖像顯示裝置可執行一些圖 像。十异’例如解壓縮已壓縮賴像資料,或是從二維圖像與它的 野應深度圖來產生m光調變器的全像編碼。 94 200845698 在^個例子中’中眼统可细料二維與三維圖像之間轉 換的計算程序,計算接收到的二_像的對應深度圖。對於事色 _像,需要二_像在三個主要純巾的三個元素,並且連同 匕們的對應深度圖。接著,關於二維圖像與深度圖的資料會傳送 至觀看者的三維顯示裝置。觀看者的三維顯示職置會在:的空 間光調變財’根據接收到的二維_與深度®編碼全像圖。為 了有鱗的使用傳送頻寬,在這個系統中傳輸的資料可進行習用 的【純序,並且在触裝置巾執行對應轉壓_作。使用最 7率的資料壓縮數量’相較於使用較少資料壓縮的頻寬需求花 、,會平衡提供資料解壓縮功能至三維顯示裝置的花費。 中間衣置可存取已知二維形狀集合的資料,並在其中試圖找 隹)=合它計算的三維龍的輯,或者它可存取已知二維圖形的 Ρ,並在其中朗找到穩合進人的二維圖像資料的配對。如果 2知形狀中可制好的配對,這可加快計算程序的速度,因為 康·或二維圖像之後可表示為對應已知的形狀。三維形狀的函式 y提供如-組運動明星的面孔或身體形狀,例如主要的網球運 的或足球運動貝,以及全部或部分主要的運動場地,例如著名 Π求場地妓著名的踩魏。例如,人臉的三_像可表示 中_獅_料,加增繼化,例如微笑 95 200845698 或鈹眉等’加上頭髮長度的變 且々心- 因為在射输存後頭髮可能留 長或指。如果-_續性的差異發生 錄明顯比資料過時,例如在長時間上,人的=已,過的記 改變,則這谢繼 =:=中間裝置遇到在它已存取過的記錄當中没有發現好配 二二、錢二維圖像時,它將增加新計算的三維形_記錄 合當中。In the main body of the mobile phone. The mobile phone 3〇 is equipped with two cameras 33 and 34 v I = make ==, left eye and right _ image 2, electric 3 〇 equipped with a number and "*,, and "#,, symbol button 35 to: : Key 36 'For example, moving in the menu on the screen, returning or honouring the second is not for example, 〇N" "〇FF" or "2" =:HZ for 3D imagery Both sides of the telephone call, when viewing the other party, reversed y with the eyes of the two stalkers and the two cameras 33 m best co-planar 'the face of the user's face is in the connection (four) straight to the screen area 3. This ensures that the two cranes 33 and 34 have a parallax in the plane containing the viewer. The most practicable position of the rider's rider is pre-determined so that the cameras 33 and 34 can obtain the most image of the viewer's head on the shirt. . shell. For the two-dimensional image telephone call, the other side is also the same as the two-way three-dimensional image telephone call with the ideal image quality. In order to ensure that each viewer is accurately facing the cameras 33 and 34, it may be more desirable to ensure that the virtual observer for each eye does not look bigger than each eye because reading can limit the viewer's horizon to the viewer camera. The direction is wrong in position and direction. By tilting the device toward the target of the reduction, the device can three-dimensionally lay the target. Alternatively, the user can use the small button icon on the device screen to guide the user to use the most ideal square touch of the device. The device may also be provided with an eye k from the force ^• The device format described herein can be used for holographically, autostereoscopically screaming _ any other method of generating a _ image. 82 200845698 In the two-way three-turn image, the photographic 33 and 34 record the user's right eye and left image respectively. The material obtained from these will be used to form a three-dimensional image on a handheld device corresponding to the three-dimensional image. • If the three-dimensional image is produced in an autostereoscopic display, viewing from the cameras 33 and 34 • An image of two eyes generated in the autostereoscopic display can be directly used. If the three sides are produced in a holographic manner, the cameras 33 and 34 should be processed (for example) by using a computer that produces a hologram, such as on one or two spatial light modulators. The appropriate encoding of the full image #料. #三_像像像像的贼生' This three-dimensional display is a kind of full-image display. Compared to autostereoscopic displays, holographic displays provide full depth information, ie adjustment (eyes and parallax. The holographic display provides holographic reconstruction of the target, ie holographic reconstruction of all target points at the correct depth). (4) The type of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Or check the item is harmful. Another application is to confirm the identity of the individual, can be paid by the three-dimensional display ^ help. Three _ Ke Zenglai look at the appearance of the t-solid double secret or silk people. - The flip is to use the image to view further contacts, for example, in the dating service, the three-dimensional image 83 200845698 can help decide. Another one should include the fine way to view the contents of New York County people. =: There will be no between - in one embodiment, and there is a two-dimensional display of the reconstruction of the image of the king of the image of the user to change the projection of the project P盥 + stomach has ^ early fast, can be used to display ... The distance between the virtual observer windows of the eye. In - On the selection of the early option, the user presses the _ separator of the two observer windows on the device. If the material _ 1 force or the heart is not fixed, when viewing and trying to view the three-dimensional image, the optional pendulum ',,°.w κ. ^ Select the best three-dimensional image that can be achieved between the virtual observer windows. Then, the selected axis can be stored in the timing preferences. When there are multiple health devices, you can store multiple users in the county. The miscellaneous menu can be implemented, even though the device has the ability to match the eyes of the various operators, because the user chooses The virtual observer window hopes that the precise distance will be better than the choice of the software. Once such a choice is made, it will speed up the tracking, because after the distance of the eye becomes a fixed parameter, The precise position required by the observer's eyes will be lower. The ability to select a better distance between the two virtual weaver windows is also provided by the advantage of the autostereoscopic display system in the autostereoscopic display system. versus The distance between the eye images tends to be fixed using the device hardware. 84 200845698 G·Including one or two pairs of organic light emitting diodes combined with an optically addressed spatial light modulator or one or two electrons A planar projector system that combines the materials of a ray-gutter modulator can also be used to replace the projected light as described in Section F with a number of projections from the device to the screen or wall or some other surface. Virtually observing the way of the window. Therefore, the three-dimensional display device provided by the mobile phone or the personal digital assistant in other devices can also be used as a pocket projector. ^ By using the space, the amplitude of the light is observed and She is to improve the overall image quality. Therefore, the complex-valued hologram can be coded on the spatial light modulator to 'make the reconstructed wire or wall image with better quality. Sodium Neighbourhood's one or two The compact 1=2 of the organic light-emitting diode with the optical combination or the one or two electronic noisy light modulators can be used as a spatial light modulator in the projector. Due to the large size of this combination, the phone or video player will also be tight. The projector can even be the same as the action 岐 ^ personal assistant - some other positions: can be switched by the mode of the poor, projector. The two-dimensional projector used in white, the full-image two-dimensional projector has no need to cast 85 200845698 shadow lens to record the film like Qian Xue long shot all the collections are gathering points. The holographic image of the conventional image: the dimension projector, for example, in WQ2__ ^ = ::; using a single space first modulator, so it is impossible to perform complex modulation t. This describes the _ two_machine, ^ has a very good picture Like quality. Therefore, the moonlight H. uses one or two infrared organic light-emitting two-station display auto-stereoscopic or holographic display of the close combination of H and inter-optical light modulator, and the infrared infrared organic light-emitting diode and the optical In the space-addressed optical modulation (ASD), _ is a stereo auto-stereoscopic display in the mobile phone. However, for a typical viewer, watching an autostereoscopic display and not looking at the holographic display-like comfort, depending on the situation, the auto-stereo age 111^ depends on the ability to show off (4) cheaper than R Or go to provide image data. The autostereoscopic display provides several viewing areas with different views of the two-dimensional scene from each viewing area. If the viewer's eyes are in different viewing areas, he will see a stereoscopic image. The difference between autostereoscopic display and holographic technology: Autostereoscopic display 11 provides two images, while omnidirectional technology provides Z-information for each target point in a three-dimensional scene. 86 200845698 Typically, autostereoscopic displays are based on spatial multiplexing of the viewing area on the display and use photon beam splitter elements such as lenticulars, barrier masks or prism masks (s) sm masks) . Obstacle masks can also be called "parallax obstacles." The disadvantage of autostereoscopic displays is that the resolution of each viewing area is inversely proportional to the number of viewing areas. However, this disadvantage can be compensated for by the advantages of the autostereoscopic display as described above. The close combination of the infrared organic light-emitting diode display device and the amplitude-modulated optically-addressed spatial light modulator (10) as described in Part A, can be a high-resolution amplitude modulation (4). . If the infrared organic light-emitting diode is combined with the beam splitting and the components, the high-resolution auto-stereoscopic display can be constructed: the high resolution of the compact combination can be compensated The resolution is lost because of the space. For the autostereoscopic display of an additional optically-addressed spatial light modulator, a fine-faceted multiple organic light-emitting diode _ a combination of the first-study-addressed spatial light modulators (for example, The gamma is a _-handle-first-class addressing virtual machine. Auto = The display contains the first beam of the first two poles. The type of the 式 峨 ( ( ( ( ( : : : : : : : : : : : 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机 有机In contrast, 87 200845698 In the close-knit optical positioning of Lang Guangwei, the message is _: only during the beam splitter, there will be no periodic processing. The autostereoscopic display (4) may be one or more light sources, such as a light-emitting diode, a 'laser' organic light-emitting diode or a cold cathode fluorescent level. Silk does not need to be homozygous -. If an organic light-emitting diode is used and the autostereoscopic display displays a color image, Robe's will be closely combined with the light source and the light-emitting display and the amplitude-modulated optically-spaced spatial light modulator. For example, red, green and blue filters. The infrared organic light-emitting diode _7^ and the optically-addressed spatial light modulator's tight H (for example, what is described in the Α section) can also be made in the hologram display, especially in the line_话_人助助The style of the display is 4. A holographic display is based on spatial multiplexing of the viewing area on the display and uses photon spectroscopic components such as lenticulars, barrier masks, or 'prism masks'. . Obstacle masks can also be referred to as "parallax barrier infrared organic light-emitting diode displays and optically-addressed spatial light modulators (such as those described in Section A) can be used to become high Resolution = Wang Xiangxian. If the close combination of the red > OLED organic light-emitting diode display and the amplitude-modulated optically-addressed spatial light modulator is combined with the beam splitter element = a high-resolution holographic display can be constructed. The high resolution of tightly combined compensation compensates for the loss of resolution due to spatial multiplex. In another embodiment, two pairs of 88 200845698 light: 桎 1 column and the optically-positioned spatial light modulator are tightly combined with the group port ^ in the manner of f6, using the amplitude of the paste light with her, such as B Part of the described shaft capacity, the plural of the coffee and phase domains, can be coded one by one like light. If two pairs of infrared organic light-emitting diode display factory =, the close combination of the optical spatial light modulator is combined with the beam splitter reading, and the full image resolution of the financial structure (four) resolution can be compensated for because of the empty (four) m The full turn of the pieces. Different views of the meta-dimensional scene of the beam splitter. If you view three by each viewing area, you will see a stereo image. w Seeer Wei - in the _ viewing area, he 1. Three transfer in the f (four) material processing system. Figure 22 shows the data processing system required for a three-dimensional transfer. The photographing 22G and the other side 221 in Fig. 20 are in three-dimensional transmission. Used to create a map ... can be collected using the mobile phone set 3G shown in Figure 3 or some with ?:==. The data processing for the three-dimensional image display can be performed in the setting, or in the middle of the setting, which can be used as a mobile phone or an equivalent mobile phone gate 221, but it is better to be located in two The intermediate system on the SSI road - a connection can be H_23 ° 222 and 223 two-wire or non-pylon connection. The intermediate system 224 can include a computer that performs the calculations, such as a computer, so that a three-dimensional image, such as a picture, can be displayed. It is better to calculate the image of the king or the automatic façade in two rows: the transmission network between the phones uses the computer to replace it with the main material (4) secret power, but take the 3D image诵 、, ° uses a computer located in the transmission network to calculate computing resources for a large number of 领 领 补 images, for example, processing '34 can allow more efficient use of the required amount of π 4 computing processing capacity. If = will be reduced by ^, then the weight of the mobile phone or other similar device will be reduced in the computer circuit and the memory, because the computing needs will be calculated by the computer on the transmission scale. Located on the transmission network, the two bodies will only be sturdy and m1, and the women will be in the phone or their surroundings. Read the need to reduce the number of words and software piracy - to increase the protection of any corporate secrets in the code. Although most of the two studios show that the required calculations can be performed by some of them, it is also possible to perform two shots in the user device before the delivery of the tribute. Coffee _, Hungarian _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Executable - image calculations, such as decompression maps. In one example of the system of Fig. 22, the first image and the second image are formed 90 200845698 by the user 22 device via the connection attack map Like the image of the face can be the difference between the __ image like the image of the image of the image of the dynasty, the end of the money, the health of the dynasty is more in the middle of the process, then the first image can be the current image with: = 1 The difference between the images. Similarly, the second image can be used to calculate the two-dimensional (four) image using the calculation program for two-dimensional and three-dimensional (10). For color images = :Γ=Τ three elements in the color, and together with the 'degree diagram. The data for the 2D image and the depth map will be connected via line 2 to: device 221. User 221's device will be in its compact 3D: 4 centered 'based on the received 2D image and depth The code-encoded hologram efficiency uses the transmission bandwidth, and the data transmitted in this system can be used in the conventional compression sequence and the corresponding decompression action is performed in the extinction device. The most efficient data is used in the brain number. In order to make less data, the sensitive demand cost will balance the battery of the mobile device to perform data compression and decompression. The intermediate device 224 can access a library containing a set of known three-dimensional shapes, and in which Trying to find a match that satisfies the three-dimensional data it calculates, or it can access a library containing a known two-dimensional set of colors, and try to match the paired U image data. If it is known A good pairing can be found in the shape, which speeds up the speed of the calculation program of 91 200845698, because the two- or three-shed image of the yarn is corresponding to the known one: a one-dimensional open 7-shaped library can provide a group of sports stars. Face or body For example, the main _ ball squad offers a ball, and all or part of the main sports field ' _ name _ stadium or famous venue. For example, the two-dimensional image of the face can be expressed as an intermediate device 224 has access to the information, plus facial expression changes 'such as smile or level eyebrows, plus hair length changes, because the view may remain long or miscellaneous. If the group of persistent differences, the success of the door 4 When the recorded touch has been edited, for example, in the long time ^ the length of the person's hair has changed significantly, then this is in the middle = she thanked her to run 224 tender new. If (four) installed, please record #中不对对对的二维的二维 or 2D image 守b will add a new job to the _ collection. Help - dimension _ content to three paste content system one of the two-dimensional display technology used by Queens Difficulties (2) Γ Γ 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且 并且Lesser ageing, returning to Wei, three-dimensional _ 容妓t addition' existing Dimensional content. ~ 疋 倾 倾 二维 2008 92 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 == Thirteen mosquitoes - a system. In Figure 23, even if the viewer 23〇3 has a two-dimensional display device, the TV broadcast company 2 continues to play the two-dimensional TV, ^+faL%^2301 ^ • can be two* G5°__ change program can be viewed Paying domain, or, °, it pays for support, such as advertisers. In Figure 23, the advertisement for !: Γ 2303 is played by the TV company 2300, the advertiser 2 = 2 gas is given to the intermediate system • and the known two-dimensional content is converted into a three, θ conversion program Convert 2D content into 3D content. The advertiser's benefit is presented to the viewer 2302, which will be more than the 2D TV advertisement = or the viewer 2302 can pay the intermediate system for two or all of the three-dimensional format of the television broadcast. The intermediate system will ensure that the 3D is correct and synchronized. For example, if the 2D image has its _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ The two-dimensional image uses a 图 degree map. Three-dimensional display device, three-dimensional display device with a display device and an autostereoscopic display device ===. The data provided for the three-dimensional display device should be suitable for the type of eight clothes. Systems similar to those described above are also applicable to non-television broadcasts, (1) provided by the person, such as a movie or recording supplier. In the other (10), the viewer can pay a fee to provide a two-axis capacity to the middle system 93 200845698 three-dimensional form reply. The provided two-dimensional content or other videotape content or the photo-based content, and the received two-dimensional content may be, for example, a VQ>3 file of a home movie, or an image of a picture. The intermediate system can include a computer to perform calculations so that the three-sided image can be displayed, such as a computer producing a full image U or an automatic image. It is best to perform the calculations in a two-dimensional content provider = a computer that wants to view the contents of the three-dimensional image and transfer the network between the viewers' because it is more efficient than the one in the rankings. A computer located on the transmission network can be used to perform a large amount of image processing of 2D 3D content 2 at the same time, which allows the source to be calculated later, for example, by reducing the unused 4 different processing capabilities. quantity. If you need to reduce the computing power, the cost of the two viewers will not be reduced, because it will require less electrical touch circuit and memory' and the computing wire will be used by the computer located on the transmission network. Come and count. The software that performs the calculations will only need money to install the three-dimensional device wipes of the money viewers on the computer (4) located on the transmission network. This will reduce the viewer's three-axis rarity and the software thief (four) face, and will: add any corporate secret protection. Most of the three-dimensional image display can be performed by the n-wires. However, it is also possible that some image calculations are performed in the viewer's three-dimensional display. The three-dimensional image display device can perform some images. For example, the compressed image data is decompressed, or the holographic code of the m-light modulator is generated from the two-dimensional image and its wild depth map. 94 200845698 In the example, the middle eye system can calculate the corresponding depth map of the received binary image by calculating the conversion between the two-dimensional and three-dimensional images. For the color _ image, you need two _ like three elements in the three main pure towels, and together with their corresponding depth map. Next, the data on the two-dimensional image and the depth map is transmitted to the viewer's three-dimensional display device. The viewer's three-dimensional display position will be in the space of the light to change the wealth according to the received 2D_ and depth® coded hologram. In order to use the scaly transmission bandwidth, the data transmitted in this system can be used in the [pure order], and the corresponding device is executed on the touch device towel. The use of the highest rate of data compression is less than the bandwidth requirement of using less data compression, balancing the cost of providing data decompression to the 3D display device. The middle garment can access the data of the known two-dimensional shape set and try to find the 3D dragon series calculated by it, or it can access the known two-dimensional graphics and find it in it. Stable pairing of 2D image data. This can speed up the calculation process if the pair is made in a shape, because the Kang or 2D image can be represented as a corresponding known shape. The three-dimensional shape of the function y provides the face or body shape of a group of sports stars, such as the main tennis or football sports, as well as all or part of the main sports venues, such as the famous begging venue, the famous stepping Wei. For example, the three-image of the human face can represent the _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Or refer. If the occurrence of the -_continuation difference is significantly more outdated than the data is outdated, for example, over a long period of time, the person's = already, the change of the record is changed, then the Xie === the intermediate device encounters the record it has accessed. When it is not found that a good two-two, two-dimensional image of money, it will add a new calculation of the three-dimensional shape _ record.
κ·觀察員視窗的空間多工與二維編碼 這個實施例是關於全像顯示器的虛擬觀察員視窗(vow⑽ 空間多工,並結合二維編碼的使用。除此之外,全_示器可如 同在A ’ B,c或D部份中所描述的内容,或是任何f _全像顯 示器。 數個處擬觀察員視窗,例如一個用於左眼的虛擬觀察員視窗 與一個用於右眼的虛擬觀察員視窗,可由空間或時間多工來產生 是已知的。關於空間多工,兩個虛擬觀察員視窗是在同一個時間 ”、、占產生的,並且經由光束分光鏡來區分,相似於自動立體顯示器, 如在WO 2006/027228中所描述的内容。而關於時間多工,虛擬觀 察員視窗是時間上依序產生的。 96 200845698 然而,制的全鄉科統具有—些缺點。對於空間多工而 使用的照明錢在水平方向是空間非_性的,並且是以水 平線光源與透鏡狀陣列為基礎,如圖四由習用技術wo 2〇_誦簡#術。轉村自㈣咖已知技 術的優點。然而’它的缺岐在水平方向上的全像重建是不可能。 取而代之的是使騎 1維編碼,僅㈣直方向絲全像重建 與移動視差。因此,#直_是在重建物件的平面上,而水平隹 點是在㈣光機n的平面上。這些餘會減少空職覺糾 質’意即它減少了觀看者接收到的全像重建的品質。同樣地,時 間多工系統也具有缺點’它們需要尚不能在全部顯示器尺寸中獲 得的快速郎光調料,㈣可取得也是過分的昂貴。 只有二維編碼在水平與垂直方向同時提供全像重建,而因此 鲁二維編碼不會產生散#,散光會減少空間視覺的品質,意即減少 了觀看者接_的全像重建的品f。因此,這個實施例的目的是 結合一維編碼來實現虛擬觀察員視窗的空間多工。 在這個實施例中,具有水平與垂直局部空間同調性的照明會 與光束分光鏡結合,光束分光鏡會將光分為對於左眼虛擬觀察員 視窗的光及對於右眼虛擬觀察員視窗的光。因此,必須考慮位於 光束分光鏡的繞射。光束分光鏡可為棱鏡陣列,第二透鏡陣列(例 97 200845698 如靜態陣列献變量_,如®二付所示)或是障礙遮蔽物 圖二十五顯示了這個實施例的例子。圖二十五為包含二維光 源陣列的光源、二維透鏡陣列的透鏡、空間光調變器與光束分光 .鏡的全像顯示11示意®。光束分光鏡會將離開空間光調變器的光 -線,分離成二束光線,分別照射用於左目艮的虛擬觀察員視窗(V〇WL) 與用於右眼的虛擬祕員視窗(V0WR)。在這個例子中,光源的數 # 量是一個或多個;透鏡的數量與光源的數量是相同的。 在這個例子中,光束分光鏡是在空間光調變器之後。光束分 ^鏡與空間光調變器的位置也可相互交換。圖二十六顯示了這個 實施例的例子’在平賴中是使_鏡_作為光束分光鏡。照 明裝置包含η元件的二維光源陣列(叫吸乂⑷心元件的SPACE·Operator Window Spatial Multiplexing and Two-Dimensional Coding This embodiment is about a virtual observer window for a holographic display (vow(10) spatial multiplexing, combined with the use of two-dimensional encoding. In addition, the full _ display can be like A 'B, c or D part, or any f _ holographic display. Several observer windows, such as a virtual observer window for the left eye and a virtual observer for the right eye Windows, which can be generated by spatial or temporal multiplexing, are known. With regard to spatial multiplexing, two virtual observer windows are generated at the same time, and are distinguished by a beam splitter, similar to an autostereoscopic display. As described in WO 2006/027228. With regard to time multiplexing, virtual observer windows are generated in time. 96 200845698 However, the system of the whole town has some shortcomings. For space multiplex The lighting money used is spatially non-sexual in the horizontal direction, and is based on a horizontal line source and a lenticular array, as shown in Fig. 4 by the conventional technique wo 2〇_诵简#. The advantages of the known technique from (4) coffee. However, it is impossible to reconstruct the hologram in the horizontal direction. Instead, the one-dimensional coding is performed, and only the (four) straight-line holographic reconstruction and moving parallax are performed. Therefore, #直_ is on the plane of the reconstructed object, and the horizontal defect is on the plane of the (4) optomechanical n. These will reduce the temperamental temperament' meaning that it reduces the quality of the holographic reconstruction received by the viewer. Similarly, time multiplex systems have the disadvantage that they require fast Langguang pigments that are not yet available in all display sizes, and (4) are too expensive to obtain. Only two-dimensional codes provide hologram reconstruction in both horizontal and vertical directions. Therefore, Lu two-dimensional coding does not produce scattered #, astigmatism will reduce the quality of spatial vision, which means that the holographic reconstruction of the viewer is reduced. Therefore, the purpose of this embodiment is to combine one-dimensional coding. Realizing spatial multiplexing of virtual observer windows. In this embodiment, illumination with horizontal and vertical local spatial coherence is combined with beam splitter, which splits the light into beams. The light in the virtual observer window of the left eye and the light of the virtual observer window in the right eye. Therefore, the diffraction of the beam splitter must be considered. The beam splitter can be a prism array, and the second lens array (Example 97 200845698 as a static array Figure XX shows the example of this embodiment. Figure 25 shows a light source containing a two-dimensional array of light sources, a lens of a two-dimensional lens array, and a spatial light tone. The illuminator and the beam are split. The holographic image of the mirror shows 11 Illustrated®. The beam splitter splits the light-line exiting the spatial light modulator into two beams, respectively illuminating the virtual observer window for the left eye (V〇 WL) and the virtual secrets window (V0WR) for the right eye. In this example, the number of light sources is one or more; the number of lenses is the same as the number of light sources. In this example, the beam splitter is after the spatial light modulator. The positions of the beam splitter and the spatial light modulator can also be interchanged. Fig. 26 shows an example of this embodiment, in which the _ mirror is used as a beam splitter. The illumination device comprises an array of two-dimensional light sources of n elements (called suction (4) core elements
二維透鏡陣列(L1,L2, ... Ln),在圖二十六中只顯示兩個光源與兩 個透鏡。每一個光源是利用它所關聯的透鏡來成像至觀察員平 面。光源_關距與透鏡陣列關距是要使得全部光源圖像能 同Ν'出現在觀察員平面,即包含兩個虛擬觀察員視窗的平面。 圖一十六中,並沒有顯示左眼虛擬觀察員視窗(v〇WL)與右眼虛 觀察員視窗(VOWR),因為它們是在圖的外面,且為圖的右邊。 在 擬 增加碩外的猜透鏡。為了提供紐的空關雛,舰陣列的 間距是相似於次全像圖的典型大小,即—至數公釐的等級。照明 可 98 200845698 在每-個舰岐斜且魅性的,因為絲是小的或 為點光源’且因為使用二維透鏡_。透鏡陣列可為折射、繞射 或全像式的。 在這個例子中,光束分光鏡是一維的垂直棱鏡陣列。入射在 棱鏡-個斜面的光,會偏斜至左眼虛擬觀察員視窗脱),入 射在棱鏡另-麵面的光,會偏斜至右眼虛擬觀察員視窗⑼ VOWR)。從_ LS與相同透鏡產生的光線,在通過縣分光鏡 之後,也為相互_。因此,具有垂直與水平聚焦並且垂直與水 平移動視差的二維編碼是可能的。 全像圖是在具有二維編碼的空間光調變器上進行編碼。對於 左眼及右_全賴是-個攔位—侧位的交錯,意即攔位會交 錯編碼對於左_右_全像_。更好地是在每—個棱釘具 有-個對於魏全像資訊_位及—_於魏全像資訊的棚 位。另-個方法,在每-個棱鏡的斜面下也可有兩個或更多個全 像圖的攔位,例如三個左眼虛擬觀察員視窗的攔位,並且接 著為三個f後右眼虛擬觀察員視窗的攔位。光束分光鏡的間距可 與空間光纖H關距_,或為整數(例如二或三)倍數,或者, 為了能容許透視縮短㈣ective shortening),光束分光鏡的間距可 比空間光機騎赃繼小-點,或是比它的整_如兩或三) 99 200845698 倍數稍微小一點 從具左眼全像的攔位發出的光會重建對於左眼的目標,並且 照射左眼虛擬觀察員視窗(V0WL);從具右眼全像的欄位發出的光 • 會重建對於右眼的目標,並且照射右眼虛擬觀察員視窗(VOWR)。 _ 因此,每一個眼睛會看到適當的重建。如果棱鏡陣列的間距是充 _ 刀的小,則眼睛不能解析棱鏡結構,且棱鏡結構不會妨礙全像圖 的重建。每一個眼睛會看見具有全聚焦與全移動視差的重建,並 且沒有散光。 在光束分光鏡上將會有繞射,因為同調光會照射光束分光 鏡。光束分光鏡可視為產生多重繞射階級的繞射光柵。斜的棱鏡 斜面具有閃耀式光柵的效果。對於閃耀式光柵,最大強度是導向 . 特定的繞射階級。對於棱鏡陣列,一個最大強度會從棱鏡的一個 ~ 斜面導向位於左眼虛擬觀察員視窗位置的繞射階級,另一個最大 強度會從棱鏡的另一個斜面導向位於右眼虛擬觀察員視窗位置的 另一個繞射階級。更精綠來說,封裝式(envelophg) sin(>Squared函 數的強度最大值是移至這些位置,而繞射階級是位在固定的位 置。棱鏡陣列會在左眼虛擬觀察員視窗的位置產生一個強度封裝 sine-squared函數最大值,在右眼虛擬觀察員視窗的位置產生另一 個強度封裝sine-squared函數最大值。其它繞射階級的強度將會是 100 200845698 很小的(意即sinc squared強度函數最大值是狹窄的),並且將不會 產生干擾串音’因為棱鏡陣列的填充因子是大的,例如接近娜。 夕如同^用技術中可見的,為了提供虛擬觀察員視窗給二個 或夕们觀祭員’可藉由使用更複雜的棱鏡陣列(例如兩種類型的棱 鏡具有相同的頂角,但是不同的非對稱程度,連續地相鄰配置广 產生夕個虛擬觀察員視窗。然而,使用靜態的棱鏡陣列是不能夠 個別地追蹤觀察員。 —在另-個例子中,每個透鏡可使用多於一個光源。每個透鏡 頟外的光源可利絲產生額外的虛織察員視窗,提供給額外的 觀察員。這是描述在W0 2004/044659 (US2006/0055994)中,對於 副固觀察員提供-個透鏡與㈤個光源的例子。在這個更進一步的 例子中’细每個透鏡m個光賴雙倍的㈣多功產生m個左 邊虛擬觀察貞視窗及m個右邊虛織㈣視窗,提供給㈤個觀察 員。每個透鏡m個光源是以m對—的對應方式,其中m是一個整 數。 接著是這個實施例的例子。使用20英吋螢幕尺寸,並具有下 列的參數值:觀察員距離2m,像素間距在垂直上為69μιη,在水 平上為207μιη ’使用布克哈特(Burckhardt)編碼,以及光學波長為 101 200845698 633nm。布克哈特(Burckhardt)編碼是在垂直方向,具有69μιη的次 像素間距與6mm高的虛擬觀察員視窗(垂直期間)。忽略透視縮 短,垂直棱鏡陣列的間距為414μπι,也就是在每個全棱鏡下具有 兩個空間光調變器的攔位。因此,觀察員平面中的水平期間為 3mm。這也同樣為虛擬觀察員視窗的寬度。這個寬度在直徑上是 小於理想大約4mm的眼睛瞳孔。在另一個相似的例子中,如果空 間光調變器具有50μπι的較小間距,虛擬觀察員視窗將會有25mm 的寬度。 如果成年人眼睛的分隔為65mm(這是典型的),棱鏡必須偏斜 光士 32.5mm,在那個位置光會與包含虛擬觀察員視窗的平面相 父。更精確來說,強度封裝Sinc-Squared函數最大值需要偏斜士 32.5mm。這對於2m的觀察員距離相當於是士 〇·93。的角度。對於 棱鏡折射率n= 1.5,適當的棱鏡角度為士 U6。。棱鏡角度是定義 為基底與棱鏡斜邊之間的角度。 對於在3mm的觀察員平面中的水平期間,另一眼的位置是在 大約21繞射階級的距離(意即65inm除3mm)。由另一個虛擬觀察 員視窗的較高繞_級所導致在左眼虛擬觀察M視窗與在右眼虛 擬觀察員視窗之中的串音因而是可以忽略的。 102 200845698 光源Hi作奴’光源追鹤—_單的追縱方法,意即適應 "、、置。如果空間_變器與棱鏡陣列不是在相同的平面 間H讀素雜鏡之間,將會具有由視差所導致的 狐相關橫向偏移。這將可能會導致擾亂串音。上述的例子,20 .*叶螢幕尺寸的像素,在垂直於每個棱鏡尖端所形成的轴的方 •向’可能具有70%的填充因子,也就是在每個邊上,像素大小為 145μιη作用區域及31卿無作用的區域。如果棱鏡陣列的建構區 献指向空間光調變器,在棱鏡_與空間光調變器之間的分隔 可能大約為1mm。無串音的水平追蹤範圍將會是士 31隅/ i _ * 2m = ±62 mm。如果小的串音是可容許的,那麼追蹤的範圍將會 較大。這個追蹤範圍並不是很大,但它是足夠允許一些追蹤進行, 使知觀看者將會有較少的限制,像是限制他/她的眼睛的放置位置。 空間光調變器與棱鏡陣列之間的視差是可以避免的,較好的 方法是利用將棱鏡陣列整合或是直接整合在空間光調變器中(像是 折射、繞射或是全像式棱鏡陣列)。這對於產品而言將為專業構成 要素(specialized component)。另一種選擇是棱鏡陣列的橫向機械移 動,雖然這是較不建議的,因為移動機械部分會使得裝置變得更 為複雜。 另一個關鍵性的問題是由棱鏡角度所決定的固定虛擬觀察員 103 200845698 視窗分隔。這可能會對非標準眼睛分 田振甘士 , /丁、貝或疋Z-追蹤造成 口擾。其中一個解決方法,是 ( Λ 更用包含封裝液晶區域 (encapsu ated liquid-crystal domains)的組合,如圖二十一所示 公電場可控制折射率’以及偏斜角度。這個解決方法可二= 陣列合併,崎連續地侧提供㈣偏斜翻定偏斜。在另一種 解決方法中’可晶層覆蓋棱鏡_的結構邊。接著,電場可 控制折鱗’似騎纽。如果趣觀察員視t具有足夠容許 不同眼睛分隔峨察貞與ζ_·如此A的寬度,職量偏斜組合 是不需要的。 個較複雜的解決方法是使用可控制的棱鏡陣列,例如 e wetting棱鏡陣列(如圖二十七所示)或是填滿液晶的棱鏡(如圖二 十所不)。在圖二十七中,具有棱鏡元件159的層包含電極⑸了、 • 1518及填滿兩個分離液體1519、1520的凹洞。每一個液體填滿凹 ,觸稜形部分。舉-個例+,液體可以是油或水。在液體1519、 152〇之間介面的斜率是依據施加在電極1517、1518的電壓所決 疋。如果液體具有不同的折射率,光束將會遭受偏向,偏向是由 施加在電極1517、1518的電壓所決定。因此,棱鏡元件159扮Two-dimensional lens arrays (L1, L2, ... Ln) show only two light sources and two lenses in Figure 26. Each light source is imaged to the observer plane using its associated lens. The light source_off distance and the lens array are spaced such that all of the light source images can appear in the observer plane, i.e., the plane containing the two virtual observer windows. In Figure 16, the left-eye virtual observer window (v〇WL) and the right-eye virtual observer window (VOWR) are not shown because they are outside the figure and are on the right side of the figure. In the proposed increase of the speculation lens. In order to provide a blank, the spacing of the ship array is similar to the typical size of the sub-image, that is, to a few millimeters. Illumination 98 200845698 It is slanted and glamorous in every ship because the wire is small or a point source ‘and because of the use of a two-dimensional lens _. The lens array can be refractive, diffractive or holographic. In this example, the beam splitter is a one-dimensional array of vertical prisms. Light incident on the prism-slope will deflect to the left-eye virtual observer window. The light incident on the other side of the prism will be skewed to the right-eye virtual observer window (9) VOWR). The light generated from the _ LS and the same lens is also mutual _ after passing through the county beam splitter. Therefore, two-dimensional encoding with vertical and horizontal focusing and vertical and horizontal moving parallax is possible. The hologram is encoded on a spatial light modulator with two-dimensional code. For the left eye and the right _ all rely on - a block - side bit interleaving, meaning that the block will be misinterpreted for left _ right _ hologram _. It is better to have a booth for each of the ribs and information about Wei Quanxiang Information. In another method, there may be two or more hologram traps under the slope of each prism, such as three left eye virtual observer windows, and then three f rear right eyes. The virtual observer window is blocked. The distance between the beam splitters can be _, or an integer (for example, two or three) multiples of the space fiber H, or, in order to allow for shortening (4) ective shortening, the distance of the beam splitter can be smaller than that of the space machine. Point, or more than its _ such as two or three) 99 200845698 Multiples slightly smaller light from the block with the left eye hologram will reconstruct the target for the left eye, and illuminate the left eye virtual observer window (V0WL) Light from a field with a full-eye image of the right eye • Reconstructs the target for the right eye and illuminates the virtual observer window (VOWR) of the right eye. _ Therefore, each eye will see an appropriate reconstruction. If the pitch of the prism array is small, the eye structure cannot be resolved by the eye, and the prism structure does not hinder the reconstruction of the hologram. Each eye will see a reconstruction with full focus and full motion parallax, and no astigmatism. There will be diffraction on the beam splitter because the same dimming will illuminate the beam splitter. The beam splitter can be viewed as a diffraction grating that produces multiple diffraction classes. Oblique prism The bevel has the effect of a blazed grating. For blazed gratings, the maximum intensity is the guide. The specific diffraction class. For a prism array, a maximum intensity will be directed from one to the bevel of the prism to the diffractive class at the virtual observer window of the left eye, and the other maximum intensity will be directed from the other bevel of the prism to the other of the virtual observer window at the right eye. Shooting class. In more refined green, the envelophg sin (>Squared function has a maximum intensity that is moved to these positions, while the diffractive class is in a fixed position. The prism array is generated at the position of the left eye virtual observer window. The maximum value of a sine-squared function is encapsulated in the intensity of the sine-squared function in the right eye. The intensity of the other diffraction classes will be 100 200845698. The maximum value of the function is narrow) and will not produce interference crosstalk 'because the fill factor of the prism array is large, for example close to Na. As seen in the technique, in order to provide a virtual observer window to two or eve They can use a more complex prism array (for example, two types of prisms have the same apex angle, but different degrees of asymmetry, continuously adjacent to each other to create a virtual observer window. However, use Static prism arrays are not capable of tracking observers individually. - In another example, more than one source can be used per lens. The external light source of the lens can be used to create additional virtual weaver windows for additional observers. This is described in WO 2004/044659 (US2006/0055994), for the sub-solid observers - a lens and (f) An example of a light source. In this further example, 'small lenses of each lens are doubled (4) multi-function to produce m left virtual observation windows and m right virtual (four) windows, provided to (five) observers. The m light sources of the lenses are in a corresponding manner of m pairs, where m is an integer. Next is an example of this embodiment. A 20 inch screen size is used with the following parameter values: observer distance 2 m, pixel pitch in vertical The upper is 69μηη, the horizontal is 207μηη 'Use Burckhardt code, and the optical wavelength is 101 200845698 633nm. The Burckhardt code is in the vertical direction, with a sub-pixel pitch of 69μηη and 6mm high Virtual observer window (vertical period). Ignore perspective shortening, the vertical prism array spacing is 414μπι, that is, there are two spatial tones under each full prism The position of the observer is therefore 3 mm in the plane of the observer. This is also the width of the virtual observer window. This width is smaller than the ideal pupil of the eye about 4 mm in diameter. In another similar example, if space The light modulator has a smaller pitch of 50μπι, and the virtual observer window will have a width of 25mm. If the adult eye is separated by 65mm (this is typical), the prism must be offset by 32.5mm, where the light will be The plane-father of the virtual observer window is included. More precisely, the maximum value of the intensity-encapsulated Sinc-Squared function requires a skew of 32.5 mm. This is equivalent to a ± 93 93 for an observer distance of 2 m. Angle. For prism refractive index n = 1.5, the appropriate prism angle is ± U6. . The prism angle is defined as the angle between the base and the bevel of the prism. For the level in the 3 mm observer plane, the position of the other eye is at a distance of approximately 21 diffraction stages (ie, 65 inm divided by 3 mm). The higher wrap-around of the other virtual observer window results in crosstalk between the left eye virtual viewing M window and the right eye virtual observer window and is therefore negligible. 102 200845698 Light source Hi as a slave 'Light source chasing cranes — _ single tracking method, meaning to adapt to ",, set. If the space_variant and the prism array are not in the same plane between the H-ready mirrors, there will be a fox-related lateral offset caused by the parallax. This will probably cause disturbing crosstalk. In the above example, the pixel of the 20.* leaf size, in the direction perpendicular to the axis formed by each prism tip, may have a fill factor of 70%, that is, on each side, the pixel size is 145 μιη Regional and 31-invalid areas. If the prism array's construction area is directed to a spatial light modulator, the separation between the prism and the spatial light modulator may be approximately 1 mm. The horizontal tracking range without crosstalk will be ±31隅/ i _ * 2m = ±62 mm. If small crosstalk is tolerable, the range of tracking will be larger. This tracking range is not very large, but it is enough to allow some tracking to occur, so that the viewer will have fewer restrictions, such as limiting the placement of his/her eyes. The parallax between the spatial light modulator and the prism array can be avoided. The better way is to integrate the prism array or directly integrate it into the spatial light modulator (such as refraction, diffraction or hologram). Prism array). This will be a specialized component for the product. Another option is the lateral mechanical movement of the prism array, although this is less recommended because moving the mechanical part can make the device more complicated. Another key issue is the fixed virtual observer 103 200845698 window separation determined by the prism angle. This may cause annoyance to non-standard eyes, such as Tian Zhen Gan, Ding, Bei or 疋Z-Tracking. One solution is to use 组合 a combination of encapsulated liquid-crystal domains, as shown in Figure 21, to control the refractive index and the skew angle. This solution can be two = The array is merged, and the SQ is continuously provided on the side of the (4) skewed deflection. In another solution, the 'crystal layer covers the structure side of the prism _. Then, the electric field can control the scales' like a ride. If the observer sees It is sufficient to allow different eyes to separate and observe the width of the ζ _ _ such A, the job skew combination is not needed. A more complicated solution is to use a controllable prism array, such as e wetting prism array (Figure 2 17) or a prism filled with liquid crystal (as shown in Fig. 20). In Fig. 27, the layer having the prism element 159 includes the electrode (5), • 1518, and fills the two separated liquids 1519, a cavity of 1520. Each liquid fills the concave, touched prismatic portion. For example, the liquid may be oil or water. The slope of the interface between the liquids 1519 and 152 is based on the electrodes 1517, 1518 applied. Voltage decision If the liquid has a different refractive index, the beam will be biased, and the deflection is determined by the voltage applied to the electrodes 1517, 1518. Therefore, the prism element 159
次可控制的光束指向元件。對於需要追縱虛擬觀察員彳見窗至觀察 員眼睛的實作,提供電子式全像技術,這對於申請人的方法而言 疋一個重要的特性。由申請人提出的專利申請號DE 104 200845698 102007024237.0、DE腦07024236.2,描述了具有棱鏡元件虛擬 觀祭員視窗至觀察員眼睛的追縱。 這是一個使用於緊密手持式顯示器的實施例。(RTM) • Epson (RTM) c〇聊ation of J㈣已發表單色電子式定址空間光調 •變器,例如D4:L3D13U 1·3英对螢幕尺寸。一健述的例子是使 肋4:L3D13U液晶顯示器面板作為空間光調變器。它具有HDTV 的解析度(1· X 1〇8〇像素)、ls_的像素間距與⑽麵X 16.2mm的φ板區域。這個面板通常朗在二關像投影顯示器。 故個例子是計算關於的波長與歎㈤峨察員距離。 h這们振巾田调^空間光調變器是使用轨跡相位編碼(布克哈特編 碼)·而要二轉素來編碼―倾數。這三侧聯像素是垂直排列 • ❸*果棱鏡陣縣束分光鏡是整合在空間光賴H巾,棱鏡陣 ’咖間距會是3一。如果空間光調變器與棱鏡_之間具有分 隔,棱鏡陣列的間距會稍微不同,以處理透視縮短。、刀 虛擬觀察員視窗的高_ Η 士 Q ΛΓ ⑽冋度疋由3 15μιη = 45μιη的間距去編 固硬數所蚊,且為7Gmm。虛擬觀察員視窗的寬度是由棱 =列的3〇卿間距所決定,且為腸麵。兩個數值都大於眼 里孔。因此,如果虛擬觀察員視窗是在眼睛的位置,每個眼睛都 105 200845698 可以看見全像重建。全像重建是從二維編碼的全像圖而來,因此 並沒有上賴述-維編碼巾本身存在_調題。這個確保高的 空間視覺品質與1¾的殊度印象(depth impression)品質。 . #眼睛的分隔為65mm時’棱鏡必須偏斜光± 32.5mm。更精 ,確來說,聽siiiWd 缝㈣度最大值需要偏斜± # 32.5醜。對於〇.5 m的觀察員距離,這對應於± 3.72。的角度。對 於折射率η = 1.5,適當的棱鏡紐為±744。。棱鏡角度是定義為 基底與棱鏡斜邊之間的角度。 對於在10.6mm的觀察員平面中的水平期間,另一眼的位置是 在大約6繞射階級的距離(意即幻聰除1〇 6mm)。由較高繞射階 級所導致的串音因而是可以忽略的,因為棱鏡_具有高的填充 因子,意即接近於100%。 這疋-個使麟大顯ϋ實施例。全像顯示器可設計使用 相位调t:的空間心碰裔,並具有5()μιη的像素間距及2G英对的 螢幕尺寸。對於如電視的應用,螢幕尺寸可能相當接近奶英对。 對於這個設計的觀察員距離為2m,波長是633nm。 使用空間光調變器的兩個相位調變像素來編碼一個複數。這 106 200845698 兩關聯的像素是垂直排列的,並且對應的垂直間距為2 * 5〇帅 =1.00 μιη。藉由整合棱鏡陣列至空間光調變器中,棱鏡陣列的水 平間距也為2*50 μηι= 1〇〇 μιη,因為每個棱鏡包含兩個斜面,且 每個斜面是空間光調變器的—個攔位。所產生12Jmm的虛擬 •觀察員鋪的寬度與高度是比眼睛的瞳孔還來的大。因此,如果 ,虛擬觀察員視窗是在眼睛的位置,每個眼睛都可以看見全像重 建。全像重建是從二維編碼的全像圖而來,因此並沒有一維編碼 中本赫在_光醜。這個雜高的雜視覺品質與高的深戶 印象品質。 ^ 當眼睛的分隔為65mm時,棱鏡必須偏斜光± 32 5mm。更精 確來說,強度封裝sinc_sq職d函數的最大值需要偏斜±32.5麵。The second controllable beam is directed to the component. Providing electronic holographic techniques for the need to trace the virtual observer's glimpse of the window to the observer's eyes is an important feature of the applicant's approach. Patent application No. DE 104 200845698 102007024237.0, DE brain 07024236.2, filed by the applicant, describes the stalking of the virtual viewing sacred window with prism elements to the observer's eyes. This is an embodiment for a compact handheld display. (RTM) • Epson (RTM) c ation ation of J (4) has published a monochrome electronic address space light tone • Transformer, such as D4: L3D13U 1 · 3 inches on the screen size. An example of a well-being is to use a rib 4:L3D13U liquid crystal display panel as a spatial light modulator. It has a resolution of HDTV (1·X 1〇8〇 pixels), a pixel pitch of ls_, and a φ plate area of (10) plane X 16.2 mm. This panel is usually placed on a two-way projection display. An example is the calculation of the wavelength and the sigh (5) observer distance. h This is a vibrating field. The spatial light modulator uses the track phase encoding (Bukhart code). The three side-by-side pixels are vertically aligned. • The 棱镜* fruit prism array is a beam splitter that is integrated into the space light. The prism array ’ café spacing will be 3 one. If there is a separation between the spatial light modulator and the prism _, the pitch of the prism array will be slightly different to handle the perspective shortening. Knife Virtual observer window height _ Q Q Q ΛΓ (10) 疋 疋 疋 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 The width of the virtual observer window is determined by the spacing of the edges of the ribs = columns and is the intestine surface. Both values are larger than the hole in the eye. Therefore, if the virtual observer window is in the position of the eye, each eye is 105 200845698 can see the hologram reconstruction. The holographic reconstruction is derived from the two-dimensional coded hologram, so there is no reliance on the grammar. This ensures a high spatial visual quality and a 13⁄4 depth impression quality. # When the eye is separated by 65mm, the prism must be deflected by ±32.5mm. More refined, indeed, listening to the siiiWd seam (four) degree maximum requires skew ± # 32.5 ugly. For an observer distance of 〇5 m, this corresponds to ± 3.72. Angle. For a refractive index η = 1.5, the appropriate prism is ±744. . The prism angle is defined as the angle between the base and the bevel of the prism. For the level in the 10.6 mm observer plane, the position of the other eye is at a distance of about 6 diffraction stages (meaning that the magic is divided by 1 〇 6 mm). The crosstalk caused by the higher diffraction order is therefore negligible because the prism_ has a high fill factor, meaning close to 100%. This is a case that makes Lin a big example. The holographic display can be designed to use a phase-modulated t: spatial touch, with a pixel pitch of 5 () μιη and a screen size of 2 G English. For applications such as television, the screen size may be quite close to the milk pair. The observer distance for this design is 2m and the wavelength is 633nm. The two phase modulated pixels of the spatial light modulator are used to encode a complex number. This 106 200845698 two associated pixels are vertically arranged, and the corresponding vertical spacing is 2 * 5 〇 handsome = 1.00 μιη. By integrating the prism array into the spatial light modulator, the horizontal spacing of the prism array is also 2*50 μηι = 1〇〇μιη, since each prism contains two slopes, and each slope is a spatial light modulator - a block. The resulting 12Jmm virtual • The width and height of the observer's shop is larger than the pupil of the eye. Therefore, if the virtual observer window is in the position of the eye, the hologram reconstruction can be seen in each eye. The holographic reconstruction is derived from the two-dimensional coded hologram, so there is no one-dimensional coding in the _ light ugly. This high-quality visual quality and high deep impression quality. ^ When the separation of the eyes is 65mm, the prism must be deflected by ± 32 5mm. More precisely, the maximum value of the strength package sinc_sq job d function needs to be skewed by ±32.5 faces.
對於2m的觀察員距離,這對應於±㈣。的角度。對於折射率許 1.5,適當的棱鏡角度為± 186〇。 邊之間的角度。 鏡角度疋疋義為基底與棱鏡斜 上面_子是對於贿員離空間光賴韻距離為5〇咖盘 m。概括來說,這個實施例可應用至觀察員離 之間的距離。榮幕尺寸可 = 螢幕)至50英呼(例如大尺寸電視)之間。 電心 107 200845698 雷射光源 RGB固態f射統,例如叫化銦鎵(GaInAs)魏神化銦録 (GalnAsN)材㈣麵,雜轉的全賴轉可為適合的光源, 因為它們是緊_,且猶練度的光定祕。這樣的光源包括 由Novalux (RTM) Inc·,CA,USA所製造的RGB垂直凹面發射雷射 (Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Lasers,VCSEL)。這樣的光源可提 供為單-雷射或雷轉列,儘管每個統可湘繞射光學元件來 產生多個光束。光束可在多模光纖中傳輸,因為如果同調性對於 使用在緊孩、的全像顯示器中是太高的,這可能會降低同調性階 級,並且不會導致不需要的加工品產生,例如雷射班點圖樣。雷 射光源陣列可為一維或二維的。 有機發光二極體材料 紅外線有機發光二極體材料是已提出的。例如,Dei caft0 et ai. 在以 petylenediimide-doped triS(8-qUin〇lin〇lat〇) alumink^ 的有機發光二極體材料中發表了電致發光(electr〇luminescence),如 在 Applied Physics Letters V〇L 88, 071117 (2006)中所描述的内容。 說明了波長805 nm的電致發光。Domercq et al·在J Phys Chem B ν〇1· 1〇8, 8647-8651 (2004)中發表了近似紅外線有機發光二極體 的材料。在透明基板上的有機發光二極體材料的製備是已說明 108 200845698 的。例如在US7,098,591中,有機發光二極體材料是在透明的氧化 銦錫電極(indium tin oxide electrodes)上製備。電極是製備在透明基 板上’透明基板可為硼矽玻璃(13〇1^丨此拙§1批3)。這些構成要素可 包含在具有透明基板的有機發光二極體裝置中。氧化銦錫層可利 用射頻磁濺鍍法(radio frequency magnetron sputtering tool)濺鍍至 基底之上。氧化銦錫可利用包含氧化銦與氧化錫的目標來賤鍍。 氧化錮錫層可具有在可見範圍中大約85%的光學傳輸。氧化錮錫 可為平穩的,以避免局部增強電場的產生,局部增強電場可能會 卜低有機發光二極體材料的效能。小於大約2nm的均方根粗链度 是較好的。一個或數個實用的有機層可設置在圖樣電極表面 (patterned electrode surface)上。有機層的厚度典型介於2nm與 200nm之間。傳導層可依圖樣建構在有機層上,以便在有機層的 一側形成陽極與陰極。裝置可由玻璃層密封,以保護主動層受到 %境的破壞。 概要製造程序 以下描述製造圖二裝置的程序概要,不過這個程序的許多變 化將可在習用技術中找到。For an observer distance of 2 m, this corresponds to ± (four). Angle. For a refractive index of 1.5, the appropriate prism angle is ± 186 〇. The angle between the sides. The mirror angle is defined as the base and the prism. The above is the distance between the bribe and the space. In summary, this embodiment can be applied to the distance between observers. The size of the screen can be between = screen) and 50 inches (for example, a large TV). Electric heart 107 200845698 Laser light source RGB solid-state f-ray system, such as called GaInAs (GalnAsN) material (four) surface, the turn of the turn can be a suitable light source, because they are tight _, And the light of the degree of practice is fixed. Such light sources include RGB Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) manufactured by Novalux (RTM) Inc., CA, USA. Such light sources can be provided as single-laser or lightning-converted, although each can circulate optical elements to produce multiple beams. The beam can be transmitted in a multimode fiber, because if the coherence is too high for use in a tight-fitting, holographic display, this may reduce the homology class and not cause unwanted artifacts, such as thunder Shoot the pattern of the shift. The array of laser sources can be one or two dimensional. Organic Light Emitting Diode Materials Infrared organic light emitting diode materials have been proposed. For example, Dei caft0 et ai. published electroluminescence (electr〇luminescence) in petylenediimide-doped triS(8-qUin〇lin〇lat〇) alumink^, as in Applied Physics Letters V 〇L 88, 071117 (2006). Electroluminescence at a wavelength of 805 nm is illustrated. Domercq et al. published a material for an approximately infrared organic light-emitting diode in J Phys Chem B ν〇1·1〇8, 8647-8651 (2004). The preparation of an organic light-emitting diode material on a transparent substrate is described in 108 200845698. For example, in US 7,098,591, organic light-emitting diode materials are prepared on transparent indium tin oxide electrodes. The electrodes are prepared on a transparent substrate. The transparent substrate may be borosilicate glass (13 〇 1 ^ 丨 拙 § 1 batch 3). These constituent elements can be included in an organic light emitting diode device having a transparent substrate. The indium tin oxide layer can be sputtered onto the substrate by a radio frequency magnetron sputtering tool. Indium tin oxide can be plated with a target comprising indium oxide and tin oxide. The tantalum oxide layer can have an optical transmission of about 85% in the visible range. The antimony tin oxide can be smooth to avoid localized electric field generation, and the local enhanced electric field may degrade the performance of the organic light emitting diode material. A root mean square thick chain of less than about 2 nm is preferred. One or several practical organic layers may be disposed on the patterned electrode surface. The thickness of the organic layer is typically between 2 nm and 200 nm. The conductive layer can be constructed on the organic layer in accordance with the pattern to form an anode and a cathode on one side of the organic layer. The device may be sealed by a layer of glass to protect the active layer from damage. Summary Manufacturing Procedures The following outlines the procedures for making the Figure 2 device, but many variations of this program will be found in the prior art.
I 在‘ie圖一裝置的程序中,選擇使用透明基板。如此的基板 可為硬式的基板,例如大約2〇(^111厚的硼矽玻璃片,或是它可為 109 200845698 軟式基板’例如聚合物基板(polymer substrate),例如聚碳酸醋 (polycarbonate)、丙烯酸的(acrylic)、聚丙烯(p〇1ypr〇pylene)、聚氨 酯(polyurethane)、聚苯乙烯(p〇lyStyrene)、聚氯孔烯 ___ chloride)或是類似的基板。如同前一部份所描述的,透明電極是製 • 備在玻璃上。如同前一部份所描述的内容,紅外線有機發光二極 、 體材料是配置在玻璃上,並且電性接點是裝設在透明電極的另一 邊上,使得像素化有機發光二極體紅外線光的放射是可能的。玻 • 璃基板可具有提供有機發光二極體像素材料的凹處。紅外線有機 發光二極體簡可印製、或溶製㈣utk)n_p_ssed)在透· 板上。分封層,也為電性絕緣層,會接著配置在有機發光二極體 像素層上。如㈣分封層可為錢絕緣層(inwganie insui_ layer),^J^^ft^^(silicon dioxide) ^ ^^^(silicon nitride) 化矽(silicon⑽bide)歧t可躲合ia_,例 φ 如環氧㈣㈣。配置可賴或是對於無機_層_化學氣 , 她積(Chemical -our d啊ition),或是對於聚合型層利用印製或 塗層來執行。分封層,也為電性絕緣層,可具有數微米或是小於 ^微米的厚度。接著,光學奴址空間光調變器的感光層會覆蓋 刀封層。感光層對於紅外線是敏感的,對於可見光是透明的,並 2具有數微米的厚度。如此的光學特性可由吸收紅外線的染料 =提供光科植帥光輕^接著是藉她置覆蓋在兩個導 電層之間的液晶層來完成。液晶層可針對振幅調變或是相位調變 110 200845698 進行設^,並且典型的厚度為數微米。接著,在裝置上配置紅外 線過濾層。這可為具有紅外線吸收色素(infra red abs〇rbing pigments)的聚合物薄層的形式,或者這可為無機層,例如具有紅 外線吸收元件賴鑛或僻氣相沉積長成的二氧切薄層。、 在兩個光學式定址空間光調變器裝置之_層,必需要是足 夠厚的’以確保在-個光學式定址空間光調魏中的電場不會影 響另-鶴學式定址空間光調變器的效能。紅外線過朗可^ 夠厚’以完現14個目標。然而,如果紅外線過濾層是不夠厚的時 候,可利闕域由光轉_絲式定址空間光調魏裝置盘 具充分厚賴玻則結合,或是藉由配置另㈣絲透明層,例 如上述的錢層或是聚合物層來增加層的厚度。無論如何,二個 光學式定址空間光調變器裝置必須不能相隔太遠,使得光學繞射 效應減低像素串音。例如’如果像素寬是職米,光學式定址处 間光調變器層最好應相隔小於卿微米。在其中一個光學式定^ 2光調變器中的液晶層是設定錢行振幅麵;在另一個光學 工疋址空間光調變H中驗晶層是設定去執行相位調變。 變器=部:=上述對於每,學式定址空間_ 份可製備鮮㈣。或者,裝置的其它部 件’接者結合到裴置第一部份上,利用例如— 111 200845698 mm峨聰㈣_分分隔的破 _另__置的第==;== 光二極_像素舆第,發光二極體層的像素二: electrot)^ ^ ^ ^ # ^ ^ (conducting transparent 〇魏銦錫)的薄分隔層’來替代使用具有充分厚产的 分隔層緊鄰絲^ “㈣、μ… ,、錢刀与度的 的丘同 1日光调變器。這個電極扮演兩個液晶層 。再者,作為傳導電極它是-個等電位面 ° _,,如㈣—㈣學式定址 和叫另-絲學式定址空間光調變㈣電場漏損。 f岸=九^了—個裝置結構的例子,它可由上述程序或類似的 ^ =仃私。在使_過程中,表面9⑻照射充分_可見的 圖九中的裝置結構’使得離裝置—段距離(與裝置的尺度 _ /點911的觀看者可看到三維圖像。裝置中的層,從90直到 岸疋不需要與相互的尺度有關。層9〇是基底層,例如玻璃層。 广入是有機發光二極體底板層,提供有機發光二極體電源,並且 "Ρ或4 77透明。層92是紅外線有機發光二極體陣列。層% 112 200845698 疋用於至紅外線光鱗的布拉格過濾、器全像元件。在 實施例中,層93是可以省略的。層94是電性絕緣層。層95 子式疋址工間光崎II感光與電極層。層%是躲可見光束二 调欠的液曰曰層。層97是分隔層,特別是薄的分隔層。層卯是诱 明電極層。層99是線性偏光層。層是紅外線過濾層,可 可見光’但疋會阻擋從有機發光二極體陣列%與9〇6的红外線 光。層901疋用於可見光束相位調變的液晶層。層繼是分隔層、, 特別是薄的聽層。層9〇3是光學式定址空間光調變器感=電 極層。層9〇4是電性絕緣層。層_是祕至少部分紅外線光目苗 準的布拉格過濾器全像元件。在一些實施例中,層9()5是可以省 略的。層906是紅外線有機發光二極體陣列。| 9〇7是有機發光 -極體底板層,提供有機發光二鋪電源,並且可為全部或部分 透明。層908是遮蓋材料的平面,例如玻璃。在製造的過程中, 裝置910的製造可由基底層9〇開始,依次配置每一層,直到最後 一層908增加完成。上述的程序會具有促進高精確的結構的層排 列的優點。或者,層的製造可以分成兩個或多個部分,並且具有 充份程度調整的結合在一起。 對於裝置的製造,將不想要的雙折射維持在最小值是非常重 要的’例如不想要的應力引起雙折射(stress_induced birefringence)。應力引起雙折射會導致光的線性或圓形偏化狀態改 113 200845698 鉍至光的橢圓偏化狀態。具有光的理想線性或圓形偏化狀態的裝 置中,光的橢圓偏化狀態的存在會減少對比及色彩保真度,也因 此會降低裝置的效能。 • 實作 基於習用的飾’對於上述實施例巾的光學狀址空間光調 • 變器’一個在可見光範圍為透明,但是會吸收紅外線的感光層是 需要的。在另-個實作中,絲層可為圖樣式的,以便能具有能 傳送可見光的透_隔,例如紅色、綠色及藍色絲,以及會對 •從有機發光二極體來的光敏感的非透明區域。在這個例子中,感 光材料對可見光不需要是透明的。另外,寫入光束不需要為紅外 線光。在-個實作巾,寫人光束能由非主要顯示色彩來產生,例 如藉由黃色光«發光二極體。麵個絲奴址空間光調變器 • 之間的過濾、器會因此需要在黃色中,具有強大的光學吸收,使其 能阻揚黃色光,但是為了達到產生有作用的光學顯示器的目的, 在其它的鮮波長上撼需要有充份的傳輸。在另—個實作中, 寫入光束能由紫外線有機發光二極體來產生。在兩·個光學式定址 空間光調㈣之間的猶器會因此需要在料線巾,具有強大的 光學吸收,使其能峨紫外線光’但是為了達到產生有作用的光 學顯示器的目的’在其㈣光學波長上仍然需要有充份的傳輸。 紫外線有機發光二極體材料已由Qiu et al. ΑρρΜ卿如 114 200845698 79,2276 (2001)及 Wong et al. Org· Lett 7 (23),5131 (2005)發表。此 外,雖然強調了使用有機發光二極體材料,也是可以使用其它的 發光二極體材料或是其它的顯示技術,例如表面傳導電子發射顯 示态(Surface-conduction Electron-emitter Display,SED)技術。I In the program of the ‘ie diagram one device, choose to use a transparent substrate. Such a substrate may be a rigid substrate, such as about 2 Å (111 thick borosilicate glass sheets, or it may be 109 200845698 flexible substrate 'such as a polymer substrate, such as polycarbonate, Acrylic, polypropylene (p〇1ypr〇pylene), polyurethane, polystyrene, polychlorinated ___ chloride, or the like. As described in the previous section, the transparent electrode is fabricated on glass. As described in the previous section, the infrared organic light emitting diode and the bulk material are disposed on the glass, and the electrical contacts are disposed on the other side of the transparent electrode, so that the pixelated organic light emitting diode infrared light is made. The radiation is possible. The glass substrate can have a recess that provides an organic light emitting diode pixel material. The infrared organic light-emitting diode can be printed or dissolved (iv) utk)n_p_ssed) on the transparent plate. The sub-sealing layer, which is also an electrically insulating layer, is then disposed on the organic light-emitting diode pixel layer. For example, (4) the sealing layer can be inwganie insui_ layer, ^J^^ft^^(silicon dioxide) ^ ^^^(silicon nitride) 矽 (silicon(10)bide) tt can hide ia_, such as φ Oxygen (four) (four). The configuration can be performed either for inorganic _ layer _ chemical gas, chemical product (chemical-our ah ition), or for the polymeric layer using printing or coating. The sub-sealing layer, which is also an electrically insulating layer, may have a thickness of a few microns or less than ^ microns. Next, the photosensitive layer of the optical slave spatial light modulator covers the knife seal layer. The photosensitive layer is sensitive to infrared rays, transparent to visible light, and has a thickness of several micrometers. Such an optical property can be achieved by a dye that absorbs infrared light, which is provided by Guangke Zhiguang, and then by a liquid crystal layer that covers the two conductive layers. The liquid crystal layer can be set for amplitude modulation or phase modulation 110 200845698, and typically has a thickness of a few microns. Next, an infrared filter layer is placed on the device. This may be in the form of a thin layer of polymer having infra red absorptive pigments, or it may be an inorganic layer, such as a thin layer of dioxygen cut with an infrared absorbing element or a vapor deposition. . In the layer of the two optically-addressed spatial optical modulator devices, it must be thick enough to ensure that the electric field in the optically-tuned space of the optically-addressed space does not affect the other-he-study-addressed spatial tones. The performance of the transformer. Infrared is too good to be thick enough to complete 14 goals. However, if the infrared filter layer is not thick enough, the ray-receiving area is separated by a light-to-silver-spaced space-lighting device, or by a further transparent layer, such as the above. The money layer or polymer layer to increase the thickness of the layer. In any event, the two optically addressed spatial light modulator devices must not be too far apart, so that the optical diffraction effect reduces pixel crosstalk. For example, if the pixel width is the job size, the optical modulator layer should preferably be separated by less than a cubic micrometer. The liquid crystal layer in one of the optical modulators is set to the amplitude plane; in another optical address space, the crystal layer is set to perform phase modulation. Variant = part: = For the above, for each, the address space _ copies can be prepared fresh (four). Alternatively, the other components of the device are coupled to the first portion of the device, using, for example, - 111 200845698 mm 峨 ( 四 四 四 的 的 _ 另 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 舆First, the pixel of the light-emitting diode layer: electrot) ^ ^ ^ ^ # ^ ^ (conducting transparent 〇 铟 铟 )) thin sub-layer ' instead of using a sufficiently thick separation layer adjacent to the wire ^ "(4), μ..., The money knife and the degree of the same day as the daylight modulator. This electrode plays two liquid crystal layers. Moreover, as a conductive electrode it is an equipotential surface ° _,, as (4) - (four) academic address and called another - Silk-like address space light modulation (4) electric field leakage. f shore = nine ^ - an example of device structure, which can be smuggled by the above procedure or similar ^ 仃 。 在 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面The device structure in Figure 9 is such that the distance from the device-segment (the viewer with the device's scale _ / point 911 can see the three-dimensional image. The layers in the device, from 90 to the shore, do not need to be related to each other's scale Layer 9 is a base layer, such as a glass layer. Wide into the organic light-emitting diode bottom Layer, providing organic light-emitting diode power supply, and "Ρ or 4 77 transparent. Layer 92 is an array of infrared organic light-emitting diodes. Layer % 112 200845698 布拉格 Bragg filter, omnidirectional components for infrared scales. In the embodiment, the layer 93 can be omitted. The layer 94 is an electrically insulating layer. The layer 95 is a sub-surface 工 光 光 光 感光 感光 感光 感光 感光 电极 电极 。 。 。 层 层 层 层 层 层 层 层 层 层 层 层 层 层 层 层 层 层. Layer 97 is a spacer layer, particularly a thin spacer layer. Layer 卯 is a thin electrode layer. Layer 99 is a linear polarizing layer. The layer is an infrared filter layer, visible light 'but 疋 will block from the organic light-emitting diode array% Infrared light of 9〇6. Layer 901疋 is used for the liquid crystal layer of the visible beam phase modulation. The layer is followed by a separation layer, especially a thin listening layer. Layer 9〇3 is an optically addressed spatial light modulator. Electrode layer. Layer 9〇4 is an electrically insulating layer. Layer_ is a Bragg filter hologram element that is at least partially infrared-lighted. In some embodiments, layer 9() 5 may be omitted. It is an infrared organic light emitting diode array. | 9〇7 is organic light a pole bottom layer providing an organic light-emitting two-ply power supply and being transparent in whole or in part. Layer 908 is a plane covering the material, such as glass. During manufacture, the fabrication of device 910 can be initiated by the substrate layer 9 Each layer is configured until the last layer 908 is added. The above described procedure has the advantage of facilitating a highly accurate structure of the layer arrangement. Alternatively, the layer fabrication can be divided into two or more sections, with a sufficient degree of adjustment combined. Together, it is very important to maintain the unwanted birefringence at a minimum for the manufacture of the device, such as unwanted stress induced birefringence. Stress induced birefringence causes a linear or circularly polarized state of light. 113 200845698 The elliptical polarization state of the light to the light. In devices with ideal linear or circularly polarized states of light, the presence of elliptically polarized states of light reduces contrast and color fidelity, and therefore reduces device performance. • Implementation Based on the conventional design 'Optical address space light modulation for the above-described embodiment' is a photosensitive layer that is transparent in the visible range but absorbs infrared light. In another implementation, the silk layer can be patterned to provide a transparent image that transmits visible light, such as red, green, and blue filaments, and is sensitive to light from organic light-emitting diodes. Non-transparent area. In this example, the photosensitive material need not be transparent to visible light. In addition, the write beam does not need to be infrared light. In a real towel, the writing beam can be produced by non-primary display colors, for example by yellow light «lighting diodes. The filter between the screen and the space modulator will need to be in the yellow, with strong optical absorption, so that it can block the yellow light, but in order to achieve the purpose of producing a functioning optical display, At other bright wavelengths, there is a need for adequate transmission. In another implementation, the write beam can be produced by an ultraviolet organic light emitting diode. The juxtaposition between the two optically-spaced spatial tones (4) will therefore need to be in the wire towel, with strong optical absorption, so that it can illuminate the ultraviolet light 'but in order to achieve the purpose of producing a functioning optical display' There is still a need for sufficient transmission at the (4) optical wavelength. Ultraviolet organic light-emitting diode materials have been published by Qiu et al. ΑρρΜ Qing as 114 200845698 79, 2276 (2001) and Wong et al. Org· Lett 7 (23), 5131 (2005). In addition, although emphasis is placed on the use of organic light-emitting diode materials, other light-emitting diode materials or other display technologies such as Surface-conduction Electron-emitter Display (SED) techniques can be used.
雖然,在此所描述的實施例是強調振幅與相位在空間光調變 為中的連績編碼,基於習用的技術,振幅與相位的二個不相等組 合的任何連續權麵碼都可使絲編碼全像像素,兩個組合與乘 上任何實數會相等無關’但不是乘上任何複數(實數除外)。這個理 由是像素可能的全像編碼_量帥,會藉由任何振幅與相位的 兩财相等組合,在向量空間感知中延伸,任何兩個組合與乘上 任何實數會鱗無關,但不是乘上任何複數(實數除外)。 在茶考圖中’所顯示的侧尺寸是不需要按照比例的。Although the embodiments described herein emphasize the synchronic coding of amplitude and phase in spatial light modulation, based on conventional techniques, any continuous weight code of two unequal combinations of amplitude and phase may cause the filament to be Encodes a full-image pixel, the two combinations are irrelevant to multiplying any real number by 'but not multiplied by any complex number (except for real numbers). The reason is that the possible holographic coding of the pixel is sizable, and it will be extended in the vector space perception by any equal combination of amplitude and phase. Any two combinations are independent of any real number scale, but not multiplied. Any plural (except real numbers). The side dimensions shown in the tea test are not to scale.
本案所揭露之技術,得由熟習本技術人 :林之作法亦具備專利性,查依法提_之申二 ^例料足叫縣案所絲護之專纖 =之 專利範圍如附。 口此,獒出申請 115 200845698 【圖式簡單說明】 圖-為包含單-光學式定址空間先調變器及單—有機發光二 極體陣列的全像顯示裝置示意圖; —圖—為包含一對元件的全像顯示裝置示意圖,每一個元件包 S單光予式疋址空間光調變器及單一有機發光二極體陣列; 圖二為移動式三維顯示裝置示意圖; 圖四為習用的全像顯示示意圖; 圖五為利用單一有機發光二極體陣列控制兩個光學式定址空 間光調變器的全像顯示示意圖; 圖/、A為全像顯示示意圖·, IIM為適合驗實密的全像顯示示意圖;The technology disclosed in this case can be obtained by the skilled person: Lin's practice is also patentable, and the law is submitted according to the law. The application is called the special case of the county case.口出獒,出出出115 200845698 [Simple diagram of the diagram] Figure - is a schematic diagram of a holographic display device comprising a single-optical address space first modulator and a single-organic light-emitting diode array; Schematic diagram of the holographic display device of the component, each component includes a single-light pre-site space-space optical modulator and a single organic light-emitting diode array; FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a mobile three-dimensional display device; Figure 5 is a schematic diagram showing the holographic display of two optically-addressed spatial light modulators using a single organic light-emitting diode array; Figure /, A is a holographic display schematic, and IIM is suitable for verification A hologram display schematic;
圖七為L 3用以減少有酸高繞射階級問題的布拉格過滤全 像光學70件的全像顯示的—觸成元件示意圖; θ為^3用以提升有機發光二極體陣列所發射的光的準直 的布拉格過濾全像光學元株的令 — 牛勺像的一個構成元件示意圖; 圖九為全像顯示裝置示意圖; :==r相,個電子式— 116 200845698 圖十-為包括單-電子式定址空間光調變器的全像顯示 示意圖; ,、衣1 圖十二為根據實施例,全像顯示的—轉定具體化示意圖;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the full-image display of the full-image display of the 27-sigma filtered holographic optical image with L 3 to reduce the problem of acid high diffraction; θ is ^3 to enhance the emission of the organic light-emitting diode array A collimated Bragg filter of a light-filtered holographic optical element is a schematic diagram of a constituent element of a bovine spoon image; Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a holographic display device; :==r phase, an electronic type - 116 200845698 Figure 10 - for inclusion Schematic diagram of the holographic display of the single-electronic address space optical modulator; , clothing 1 FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the holographic display according to the embodiment;
圖十二為包含用來連續編碼振幅及相位的兩個電子式定址* 間光調變器的全像顯示裝置示意圖; 疋I 圖十四為使用MathCad (RTM)所獲得的繞射模擬結果; 圖十五為使用MathCad (RTM)所獲得的繞射模擬結果; 圖十六為使用MathCad (RTM)所獲得的繞射模擬結果; 圖十七為根據實施例,兩個電子式定址空間光調變器之間具 有透鏡層的排列示意圖; 〃 +圖十八為當光從-個電子式定址空間光調變器行進至第二個 私子式疋址空間光调心時所發生的繞射程序示意圖; 圖十九為兩個電子式定址空間光調變器的結構示意圖,在其 中兩個電子式定址空間光調變器之間具有—個规面板; 圖二十為光束指向元件示意圖·, 圖一十一為光束指向元件示意圖; 圖二十二為促使3維視覺溝通為可能的系統示意圖; 圖二十三為將二維圖像内容轉換為三維圖像内容的方法示意 117 200845698 圖一十四為根據實施例,全像顯示元件的具體化示意圖; 、圖-十五為包含二維光源陣列形式的光源、二維透鏡陣列形 式的透鏡、空間光機n與光束分光鏡的全像顯示示意圖。光束 刀光鏡^將離p轉間轴變H的光線分成兩束光,分別照射用於 •左_虛擬酿員視t⑽L)及祕右_虛擬觀察員視窗 * (V0WR); • 圖二十六為包含二維光源陣列中的二個光源、二維透鏡陣列 中的二個透鏡、空間光調變器與光束分光鏡的全像顯示示意圖。 光束分光鏡會將離開空間光調變器的光線分成兩束光,分別照射 用於左眼的虛擬觀察員視窗(V0WL)及用於右眼的虛擬觀察員視窗 (V0WR); 圖一十七為棱鏡光束指向元件的剖面示意圖。 •【主要元件符號說明】 色彩過濾器陣列...............u 紅外線有機發光二極體陣列..........12 光學式定址空間光調變器...........13 點* …............ t Λ .......14 緊密全像圖產生器................ 照明裝置.................... 118 200845698 色彩過濾器陣列····‘·········· 21 紅外線有機發光二極體陣列·········· 22 光學式定址空間光調變器··········· 23 點.........· · · · ........24 緊密全像圖產生器..............25 紅外線過濾器· · · · · ........... 26 光學式定址空間光調變器··········· 27 • 紅外線有機發光二極體陣列·· ...... · 28 行動電話·· · ............---30 螢幕區域··................31 天線....................32 攝影機·..................33 攝影機· · · ......·········· 34 按鍵······ .......······ 35 籲 按鍵· .................. 36 聚焦元件..................1101 聚焦元件··................1102 聚焦元件·· · · ..............1103 垂直聚焦系統............ · · · · 1104 第一繞射階級· · ..............1105 第零繞射階級··..............1106 119 200845698 負一繞射階級.......········· U07 微透鏡陣列······· ...... · · · 50 色彩過濾器陣列······ ...... · · 51 紅外線有機發光二極體陣列·········· 52 光學式定址空間光調變器...........53 . 光學式定址空間光調變器...........54 緊密的全像圖產生器......······· 55 • 點·...... .......... · · · · 56 照明裝置··......·········· 57 空間光調變器· · · ...... 70 全像光學元件布拉格過濾器·..... · · · 71 單一元件· · · · ..............73 布拉格平面................ 74 繞射光強度分配· · · .......· · · · · 75 •光線···················· 76 有機發光二極體陣列·· ...........80 全像光學元件布拉格過濾器...... · · .81 光學式定址空間光調變器....... · · · 82 單一有機發光二極體.............83 布拉格平面..........······· 84 發射的紅外線的分佈··...........85 120 200845698 光射線·· ................ 86 基底層............ 90 有機發光二極體底板層············ 91 紅外線有機發光二極體陣列·········· 92 布拉格過濾器全像元件··......----93 電性絕緣層.......· · · · .....94 光學式定址空間光調變器感光與電極層· · · · ·95 • 液晶層· · · · · ........ 分隔層· · · .............. · 97 透明電極層.......·········· 98 線性偏光層.................99 紅外線過濾層· · ........······ 900 液晶層...................901 分隔層................. · · 902 * 光學式定址空間光調變器感光與電極層····· 903 電性絕緣層........· · · ......904 布拉格過濾器全像元件·· ....... · · 905 紅外線有機發光二極體陣列..........906 有機發光二極體底板層· · · · ........907 遮盖材料的平面·· ·· ..........098 表面....... .............909 121 200845698 裝置結構...................910 點……......... 911 微透鏡陣列··..........· · · · · 100 色彩過濾器陣列·............. · 101 電子式定址空間光調變器.....······ 102 電子式定址空間光調變器··········· 103 照明裝置··................104 緊密全像圖產生器· · · · ..........105 點.....................106 元件········ ............107 元件·············· ......108 照明裝置用....... -----110 色彩過濾器陣列· · · · · ........ · · 111 電子式定址空間光調變器··....... · · 112 光束分光鏡元件......... 113 點…·................. · 114 緊密全像圖產生器............ · · 115 照明裝置..................130 色彩過濾器陣列······· ........131 電子式定址空間光調變器··...... · · · 132 電子式定址空間光調變器.......... · 133 122 200845698 光束分光鏡元件..........· · · · · 134 黑占· · · · · ........... · · · · 135 緊密全像圖產生器·.....········ 136 光束...... .......... · · · · 171 光束· · · · · .............. 172 Μ ^ 使用者................... 220 使用者...................221 ⑩ 連線·········· ..........222 連線··.....········.....223 中間系統..................224 電視傳播公司................2300 中間系統.......... 2301 觀看者................ · · · 2302 廣告客戶··..........······ 2303 •二維内容··..........······ 2304 三維内容............······· 2305 支付費用· · · · .............. 2306 棱鏡元件..................159 電極· · ................. 1517 電極·· · · .......········· 1518 凹洞············ ....... 1519 123 200845698Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of a holographic display device including two electronic addressing* inter-optical modulators for continuously encoding amplitude and phase; 疋I Figure 14 is a diffraction simulation result obtained using MathCad (RTM); Figure 15 is a diffraction simulation result obtained using MathCad (RTM); Figure 16 is a diffraction simulation result obtained using MathCad (RTM); Figure 17 is a diagram showing two electronic address space light tones according to an embodiment Schematic diagram of the arrangement of lens layers between the transformers; 〃 + Figure 18 is the diffraction that occurs when light travels from an electronically addressed spatial light modulator to a second private sub-site spatial tuned Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of the structure of two electronically-positioned spatial light modulators, in which two electronically-positioned spatial light modulators have a gauge panel; Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of the beam pointing component. Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of a beam pointing component; Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of a system that facilitates 3D visual communication; Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of a method for converting 2D image content into 3D image content. 14 is a schematic diagram of a holographic display element according to an embodiment; FIG. 15 is a hologram comprising a light source in the form of a two-dimensional light source array, a lens in the form of a two-dimensional lens array, a spatial light machine n and a beam splitter Show schematic. The beam cutter mirror splits the light that changes from the p-turn axis to H into two beams, which are respectively used for • left _ virtual brewer view t(10)L) and secret right _ virtual observer window* (V0WR); • Figure 26 A schematic diagram showing the holographic image of two light sources in a two-dimensional array of light sources, two lenses in a two-dimensional lens array, a spatial light modulator, and a beam splitter. The beam splitter splits the light leaving the spatial light modulator into two beams, respectively illuminating the virtual observer window (V0WL) for the left eye and the virtual observer window (V0WR) for the right eye; Figure 17 is a prism A schematic cross-sectional view of the beam pointing element. • [Main component symbol description] Color filter array..................u Infrared organic light-emitting diode array..........12 Optical address space light Modulator...........13 points* ............... t Λ .......14 Tight hologram generator.... ............ Lighting Fixtures.................... 118 200845698 Color Filter Array····'····· ····· 21 Infrared organic light-emitting diode array·········· 22 Optically-spaced spatial light modulator············ 23 points... ....· · · · ........24 Tight hologram generator..............25 Infrared filter · · · · · .... ....... 26 Optical Addressing Space Light Modulator············ 27 • Infrared Organic Light Emitting Diode Array··· · 28 Mobile Phone·· · ............---30 Screen area··.............31 Antenna........... .........32 Cameras..................33 Cameras · · · ......········· · 34 Buttons·············· 35 Call buttons... .................. 36 Focusing components... ...............110 1 Focusing element··................1102 Focusing element···· ..............1103 Vertical focusing system.... ........ · · · · 1104 First diffraction class · ·..............1105 Zero diffraction class··........ ...1106 119 200845698 Negative one diffraction class............................... U07 Microlens Array············ 50 Color Filter Array················································································· .......53. Optical Addressing Space Light Modulator.............54 Tight hologram generator...······· 55 • Point·.................................... 56 Illumination device············· 57 Space light modulator · · · ...... 70 holographic optical element Bragg filter ·..... · · · 71 single element · · · · ..............73 Bragg plane ................ 74 Diffraction intensity distribution · · ···· · · · · 75 • Light············ ········· 76 Organic Light Emitting Diode Array··........80 Full Image Learning Element Bragg Filter... · · .81 Optical Addressing Space Light Modulator.... · · · 82 Single Organic Light Emitting Diode.......... ...83 Prague plane ............................ 84 The distribution of the emitted infrared rays ···..............85 120 200845698 Light rays·· . ............... 86 Base layer............ 90 Organic light-emitting diode bottom layer············· 91 Infrared Organic Light-Emitting Diode Array···································································· · · · .....94 Optical Addressing Space Light Modulator Photosensitive and Electrode Layer · · · · · 95 • Liquid Crystal Layer · · · · · ........ Separation Layer · · · .. ............ · 97 Transparent Electrode Layer....··········· 98 Linear Polarization Layer............ .....99 Infrared filter layer · ·........······ 900 Liquid crystal layer........................901 Separation layer ................. · · 902 * Optically-addressed spatial light modulator photosensitive and electrode layer ····· 903 Electrical insulation layer....... .· · · ...904 Prague filter hologram components · ... .... · · 905 Infrared organic light-emitting diode array..........906 Organic light-emitting diode bottom layer · · · · ........907 Covering material plane · · ·· ..........098 Surface........................909 121 200845698 Device structure.......... .........910 points............... 911 Microlens Array······· · · · · 100 Color Filter Array·. ............ · 101 Electronic Address Space Light Modulator ....................... 102 Electronic Address Space Light Modulator········ ··· 103 Lighting device··................104 Close hologram generator · · · · ..........105 points... ..................106 Components·········............107 Components········ ······ ......108 Lighting device....... -----110 Color filter array · · · · · ........ · · 111 Electronics Space-addressed spatial light modulator···...... · · 112 beam splitter element...... 113 points...·.............. ... · 114 Compact hologram generator............ · · 115 Lighting device..................130 Color filter Array······· . .......131 Electronic Address Space Light Modulator··...... · · · 132 Electronic Address Space Light Modulator .......... · 133 122 200845698 Beam Beamsplitter Components ..........· · · · 134 Hei Zhan · · · · · ........... · · · · 135 Tight hologram generator .....······················································· ... 172 Μ ^ User..................... 220 User................. ..221 10 Connections··········································· Intermediate system..................224 Television Communication Company ................ 2300 Intermediate System....... ... 2301 viewers................ · · · 2302 Advertisers··..........····· 2303 • 2D Content··..........······ 2304 3D Content.............................. 2305 Payment Fees · · · · .. ............ 2306 prism elements..................159 electrodes · · ............. .... 1517 Electrode········································································· 123 200845698
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (16)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| GBGB0621360.7A GB0621360D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2006-10-26 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GBGB0625838.8A GB0625838D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2006-12-22 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GB0705409A GB0705409D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GB0705401A GB0705401D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GB0705408A GB0705408D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GB0705407A GB0705407D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GBGB0705411.7A GB0705411D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GB0705403A GB0705403D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GB0705398A GB0705398D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GB0705406A GB0705406D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GBGB0705405.9A GB0705405D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GBGB0705404.2A GB0705404D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GB0705410A GB0705410D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GBGB0705402.6A GB0705402D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GB0705399A GB0705399D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| GB0705412A GB0705412D0 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-03-21 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW200845698A true TW200845698A (en) | 2008-11-16 |
| TWI432002B TWI432002B (en) | 2014-03-21 |
Family
ID=44771492
Family Applications (6)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW96140506A TWI421541B (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-10-26 | Full image display device and method (2) |
| TW96140507A TWI432002B (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-10-26 | Mobile telephone system and method for using the same |
| TW96140508A TWI442763B (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-10-26 | 3d content generation system |
| TW96140509A TWI406115B (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-10-26 | Holographic display device and method for generating holographic reconstruction of three dimensional scene |
| TW096140510A TWI454742B (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-10-26 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| TW96140505A TWI421540B (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-10-26 | Universal image display device and method (1) |
Family Applications Before (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW96140506A TWI421541B (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-10-26 | Full image display device and method (2) |
Family Applications After (4)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW96140508A TWI442763B (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-10-26 | 3d content generation system |
| TW96140509A TWI406115B (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-10-26 | Holographic display device and method for generating holographic reconstruction of three dimensional scene |
| TW096140510A TWI454742B (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-10-26 | Compact three dimensional image display device |
| TW96140505A TWI421540B (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2007-10-26 | Universal image display device and method (1) |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP2014209247A (en) |
| TW (6) | TWI421541B (en) |
Families Citing this family (15)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP5397190B2 (en) * | 2009-11-27 | 2014-01-22 | ソニー株式会社 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and program |
| CN102736393B (en) | 2011-04-07 | 2014-12-17 | 台达电子工业股份有限公司 | Display device for displaying multi-view images |
| TWI501053B (en) * | 2011-10-28 | 2015-09-21 | Jing Heng Chen | Full image imaging device and method |
| WO2013136358A1 (en) * | 2012-03-12 | 2013-09-19 | Empire Technology Development Llc | Holographic image reproduction mechanism using ultraviolet light |
| TWI508040B (en) * | 2013-01-07 | 2015-11-11 | Chunghwa Picture Tubes Ltd | Stereoscopic display apparatus and electric apparatus thereof |
| TWI493160B (en) * | 2013-05-13 | 2015-07-21 | Global Fiberoptics Inc | Method for measuring the color uniformity of a light spot and apparatus for measuring the same |
| TWI537605B (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2016-06-11 | 台達電子工業股份有限公司 | Autostereoscopic display device and autostereoscopic display method using the same |
| CN104463964A (en) * | 2014-12-12 | 2015-03-25 | 英华达(上海)科技有限公司 | Method and equipment for acquiring three-dimensional model of object |
| TWI670850B (en) * | 2019-03-08 | 2019-09-01 | 友達光電股份有限公司 | Display device |
| KR102522116B1 (en) * | 2019-09-27 | 2023-04-17 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Device for manufacturing display lens, method for the same, and head mounted display device comprising display lens manufactured thereby |
| WO2021230868A1 (en) * | 2020-05-14 | 2021-11-18 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Nitrogen vacancy sensor with integrated optics |
| CN113973198B (en) * | 2020-07-22 | 2024-04-09 | 中移(苏州)软件技术有限公司 | Holographic image generation method, device, equipment and computer readable storage medium |
| TWI778508B (en) * | 2021-01-28 | 2022-09-21 | 誠屏科技股份有限公司 | Display apparatus |
| KR20220135046A (en) | 2021-03-29 | 2022-10-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Holographic display apparatus |
| TWI782822B (en) * | 2021-12-16 | 2022-11-01 | 國立清華大學 | Three-dimensional imaging method and system using scanning-type coherent diffraction |
Family Cites Families (20)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| DE69128103T2 (en) * | 1990-04-05 | 1998-04-02 | Seiko Epson Corp | Optical device |
| CA2305735C (en) * | 1997-12-05 | 2008-01-08 | Dynamic Digital Depth Research Pty. Ltd. | Improved image conversion and encoding techniques |
| JP2000078611A (en) * | 1998-08-31 | 2000-03-14 | Toshiba Corp | Stereoscopic video receiving device and stereoscopic video system |
| GB2350963A (en) * | 1999-06-09 | 2000-12-13 | Secr Defence | Holographic Displays |
| GB2350962A (en) * | 1999-06-09 | 2000-12-13 | Secr Defence Brit | Holographic displays |
| JP2002123688A (en) * | 2000-10-16 | 2002-04-26 | Sony Corp | Holographic stereogram printing order receiving system and method |
| US6683665B1 (en) * | 2000-11-20 | 2004-01-27 | Sarnoff Corporation | Tiled electronic display structure and method for modular repair thereof |
| JP2002223456A (en) * | 2001-01-24 | 2002-08-09 | Univ Nihon | Image data distribution method, image distribution device, and recording medium |
| JP3679744B2 (en) * | 2001-09-26 | 2005-08-03 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Image composition method and apparatus |
| US6721077B2 (en) * | 2001-09-11 | 2004-04-13 | Intel Corporation | Light emitting device addressed spatial light modulator |
| JP2003289552A (en) * | 2002-03-28 | 2003-10-10 | Toshiba Corp | Image display terminal device and stereoscopic image display system |
| GB2390172A (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2003-12-31 | Sharp Kk | Polarising optical element and display |
| JP2004040445A (en) * | 2002-07-03 | 2004-02-05 | Sharp Corp | Portable device having 3D display function, and 3D conversion program |
| WO2004044659A2 (en) * | 2002-11-13 | 2004-05-27 | Seereal Technologies Gmbh | Video hologram and device for reconstructing video holograms |
| GB0307923D0 (en) * | 2003-04-05 | 2003-05-14 | Holographic Imaging Llc | Spatial light modulator imaging system |
| GB2406730A (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2005-04-06 | Ocuity Ltd | Directional display. |
| JP4230331B2 (en) * | 2003-10-21 | 2009-02-25 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Stereoscopic image generation apparatus and image distribution server |
| CA2590202A1 (en) * | 2004-12-21 | 2006-06-29 | Alpha-Biocare Gmbh | Preparation made from diptera larvae for the treatment of wounds |
| DE102004063838A1 (en) * | 2004-12-23 | 2006-07-06 | Seereal Technologies Gmbh | Method and apparatus for calculating computer generated video holograms |
| US20060187297A1 (en) * | 2005-02-24 | 2006-08-24 | Levent Onural | Holographic 3-d television |
-
2007
- 2007-10-26 TW TW96140506A patent/TWI421541B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2007-10-26 TW TW96140507A patent/TWI432002B/en active
- 2007-10-26 TW TW96140508A patent/TWI442763B/en active
- 2007-10-26 TW TW96140509A patent/TWI406115B/en active
- 2007-10-26 TW TW096140510A patent/TWI454742B/en active
- 2007-10-26 TW TW96140505A patent/TWI421540B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2014
- 2014-06-03 JP JP2014115312A patent/JP2014209247A/en active Pending
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TWI421540B (en) | 2014-01-01 |
| TWI421541B (en) | 2014-01-01 |
| TWI442763B (en) | 2014-06-21 |
| TW200824426A (en) | 2008-06-01 |
| TW200844693A (en) | 2008-11-16 |
| TW200839295A (en) | 2008-10-01 |
| JP2014209247A (en) | 2014-11-06 |
| TWI432002B (en) | 2014-03-21 |
| TWI406115B (en) | 2013-08-21 |
| TW200841042A (en) | 2008-10-16 |
| TW200827771A (en) | 2008-07-01 |
| TWI454742B (en) | 2014-10-01 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TW200845698A (en) | Mobile telephony system | |
| US11700364B2 (en) | Light field display | |
| JP5191491B2 (en) | Small holographic display device | |
| JP5222300B2 (en) | Small holographic display device | |
| TWI364635B (en) | Holographic projection device and method for the reconstruction of scenes | |
| US10297071B2 (en) | 3D light field displays and methods with improved viewing angle, depth and resolution | |
| TWI376527B (en) | Head-mounted display device | |
| JP4454429B2 (en) | Direct view LC display | |
| KR101457235B1 (en) | Mobile phone system including holographic display | |
| JP2010507822A (en) | Content generation system | |
| JP2010507823A (en) | Small holographic display device | |
| JP2010507824A (en) | Holographic display device | |
| US20230045982A1 (en) | Shuttered Light Field Display | |
| TW201237474A (en) | Method for forming a microretarder film | |
| TW200827953A (en) | Holographic display device | |
| TW201346336A (en) | Projection apparatus for providing multiple viewing angle images | |
| CN114764197B (en) | Display device, display device and display method | |
| Surman | Stereoscopic and autostereoscopic displays | |
| 이창건 | Compact three-dimensional displays based on optical path analysis in optically transparent medium | |
| Dashdavaa et al. | PUBLISHING GROUP | |
| Rakkolainen | A Survey of 3DTV Displays: Techniques and Technologies |